projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
PR binutils/941
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405 struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
428 };
429 #endif
430
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468 struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484 struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
494 #endif
495
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
500 #endif
501 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
502 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
509 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
510 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
511 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
512 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
513 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
514 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
515 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
521 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
522 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
523 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
528 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
532 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
537 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
541 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
542 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
543 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
544 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
545 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
546 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
547 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
548 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
549 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
550 static int exact_log2 PARAMS ((int));
551 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
552 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
553 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
554 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
555 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
556 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
557 int, int, int,
558 asection *, int));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int, int,
563 int, asection *));
564 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
565 char *, int, int, int,
566 int, int, int, int,
567 int, int, int, int,
568 asection *));
569 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
570 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
572 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
573 subsegT));
574 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
575 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
576 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
577 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
578 #endif
579 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
580 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
581 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
582 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
583 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
584 int, unsigned int, int));
585 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
586 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
587 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
588 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
589 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
590 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
591 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
592 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
593
594 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
595 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
596 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
597 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
598 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
599 #endif
600
601 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
602
603 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
604 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
605 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
606 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
607
608 /* The current space and subspace. */
609 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
610 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
611 #endif
612
613 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
614 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
615
616 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
617 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
618 function labels. */
619 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
620
621 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
622 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
623
624 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
625 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
626
627 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
628 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
629 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
630 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
631
632 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
633 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
634 dependent tables? */
635 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
636 {
637 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
638 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
639 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
640 {"align", pa_align, 8},
641 #endif
642 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
643 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
644 #endif
645 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
646 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
647 {"block", pa_block, 1},
648 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
649 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
650 {"call", pa_call, 0},
651 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
652 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
653 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
654 #else
655 {"code", pa_text, 0},
656 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
657 #endif
658 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
659 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
660 #endif
661 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
662 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
663 {"data", pa_data, 0},
664 #endif
665 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
666 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
667 {"end", pa_end, 0},
668 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
669 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
670 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
671 #endif
672 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
673 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
674 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
675 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
676 {"export", pa_export, 0},
677 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
678 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
679 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
680 {"import", pa_import, 0},
681 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
682 {"label", pa_label, 0},
683 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
684 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
685 {"level", pa_level, 0},
686 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
687 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
688 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
689 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
690 #endif
691 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
692 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
693 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
694 {"param", pa_param, 0},
695 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
696 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
697 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
698 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
699 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
700 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
701 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
702 {"space", pa_space, 0},
703 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
704 #endif
705 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
706 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
707 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
708 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
709 #endif
710 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
711 {"text", pa_text, 0},
712 #endif
713 {"version", pa_version, 0},
714 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
715 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
716 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
717 #endif
718 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
719 {NULL, 0, 0}
720 };
721
722 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
723 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
724 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
725
726 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
727 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
728 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
729
730 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
731 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
732
733 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
734 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
735 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
736
737 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
738 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
739
740 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
741 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
742
743 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
744 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
745
746 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
747 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
748 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
749 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
750
751 static struct pa_it the_insn;
752
753 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
754 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
755 variable. */
756 static char *expr_end;
757
758 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
759 static int callinfo_found;
760
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
762 static int within_entry_exit;
763
764 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
765 static int within_procedure;
766
767 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
768 seen in each subspace. */
769 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
770
771 /* Holds the last field selector. */
772 static int hppa_field_selector;
773
774 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
775
776 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
777 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
778
779 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
780 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
781 by pa_parse_number. */
782 static int strict;
783
784 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
785 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
786 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
787 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
788 register has a `r' suffix. */
789 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
790 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
791 static int pa_number;
792
793 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
794 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
795 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
796 #endif
797
798 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
799 static int print_errors = 1;
800
801 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
802
803 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
804 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
805
806 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
807 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
808
809 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
810 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
811 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
812 again have the value <REGNUM>.
813
814 Many registers also have synonyms:
815
816 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
817 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
818 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
819 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
820 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
821 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
822
823 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
824 here for brevity.
825
826 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
827
828 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
829 {
830 {"%arg0", 26},
831 {"%arg1", 25},
832 {"%arg2", 24},
833 {"%arg3", 23},
834 {"%cr0", 0},
835 {"%cr10", 10},
836 {"%cr11", 11},
837 {"%cr12", 12},
838 {"%cr13", 13},
839 {"%cr14", 14},
840 {"%cr15", 15},
841 {"%cr16", 16},
842 {"%cr17", 17},
843 {"%cr18", 18},
844 {"%cr19", 19},
845 {"%cr20", 20},
846 {"%cr21", 21},
847 {"%cr22", 22},
848 {"%cr23", 23},
849 {"%cr24", 24},
850 {"%cr25", 25},
851 {"%cr26", 26},
852 {"%cr27", 27},
853 {"%cr28", 28},
854 {"%cr29", 29},
855 {"%cr30", 30},
856 {"%cr31", 31},
857 {"%cr8", 8},
858 {"%cr9", 9},
859 {"%dp", 27},
860 {"%eiem", 15},
861 {"%eirr", 23},
862 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
890 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
923 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
924 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
932 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
933 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
938 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
939 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
941 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
942 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
951 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
952 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
953 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
954 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
955 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
956 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
957 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
958 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
959 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
960 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
961 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
962 {"%fret", 4},
963 {"%hta", 25},
964 {"%iir", 19},
965 {"%ior", 21},
966 {"%ipsw", 22},
967 {"%isr", 20},
968 {"%itmr", 16},
969 {"%iva", 14},
970 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
971 {"%mrp", 2},
972 #else
973 {"%mrp", 31},
974 #endif
975 {"%pcoq", 18},
976 {"%pcsq", 17},
977 {"%pidr1", 8},
978 {"%pidr2", 9},
979 {"%pidr3", 12},
980 {"%pidr4", 13},
981 {"%ppda", 24},
982 {"%r0", 0},
983 {"%r1", 1},
984 {"%r10", 10},
985 {"%r11", 11},
986 {"%r12", 12},
987 {"%r13", 13},
988 {"%r14", 14},
989 {"%r15", 15},
990 {"%r16", 16},
991 {"%r17", 17},
992 {"%r18", 18},
993 {"%r19", 19},
994 {"%r2", 2},
995 {"%r20", 20},
996 {"%r21", 21},
997 {"%r22", 22},
998 {"%r23", 23},
999 {"%r24", 24},
1000 {"%r25", 25},
1001 {"%r26", 26},
1002 {"%r27", 27},
1003 {"%r28", 28},
1004 {"%r29", 29},
1005 {"%r3", 3},
1006 {"%r30", 30},
1007 {"%r31", 31},
1008 {"%r4", 4},
1009 {"%r5", 5},
1010 {"%r6", 6},
1011 {"%r7", 7},
1012 {"%r8", 8},
1013 {"%r9", 9},
1014 {"%rctr", 0},
1015 {"%ret0", 28},
1016 {"%ret1", 29},
1017 {"%rp", 2},
1018 {"%sar", 11},
1019 {"%sp", 30},
1020 {"%sr0", 0},
1021 {"%sr1", 1},
1022 {"%sr2", 2},
1023 {"%sr3", 3},
1024 {"%sr4", 4},
1025 {"%sr5", 5},
1026 {"%sr6", 6},
1027 {"%sr7", 7},
1028 {"%t1", 22},
1029 {"%t2", 21},
1030 {"%t3", 20},
1031 {"%t4", 19},
1032 {"%tf1", 11},
1033 {"%tf2", 10},
1034 {"%tf3", 9},
1035 {"%tf4", 8},
1036 {"%tr0", 24},
1037 {"%tr1", 25},
1038 {"%tr2", 26},
1039 {"%tr3", 27},
1040 {"%tr4", 28},
1041 {"%tr5", 29},
1042 {"%tr6", 30},
1043 {"%tr7", 31}
1044 };
1045
1046 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1047 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1048 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1049 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1050 {
1051 {"false?", 0},
1052 {"false", 1},
1053 {"true?", 30},
1054 {"true", 31},
1055 {"!<=>", 3},
1056 {"!?>=", 8},
1057 {"!?<=", 16},
1058 {"!<>", 7},
1059 {"!>=", 11},
1060 {"!?>", 12},
1061 {"?<=", 14},
1062 {"!<=", 19},
1063 {"!?<", 20},
1064 {"?>=", 22},
1065 {"!?=", 24},
1066 {"!=t", 27},
1067 {"<=>", 29},
1068 {"=t", 5},
1069 {"?=", 6},
1070 {"?<", 10},
1071 {"<=", 13},
1072 {"!>", 15},
1073 {"?>", 18},
1074 {">=", 21},
1075 {"!<", 23},
1076 {"<>", 25},
1077 {"!=", 26},
1078 {"!?", 28},
1079 {"?", 2},
1080 {"=", 4},
1081 {"<", 9},
1082 {">", 17}
1083 };
1084
1085 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1086 {
1087 {"f", e_fsel},
1088 {"l", e_lsel},
1089 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1090 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1091 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1092 {"ls", e_lssel},
1093 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1094 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1095 {"n", e_nsel},
1096 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1097 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1098 {"p", e_psel},
1099 {"r", e_rsel},
1100 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1101 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1102 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1103 {"rs", e_rssel},
1104 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1105 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1106 {"t", e_tsel},
1107 };
1108
1109 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1110 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1111
1112 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1113 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1114
1115 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1116 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1117 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1118 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1119 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1120 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1121 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1122 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1123 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1124
1125 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1126 {
1127 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1128 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1129 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1130 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1131 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1132 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1133 };
1134
1135 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1136 {
1137 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1138 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1139 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1140 };
1141
1142 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1143
1144 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1145 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1146 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1147 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1148 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1149
1150 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1151 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1152 #endif
1153
1154 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1155 a right or left half of a FP register */
1156 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1157 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1158
1159 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1160 main loop after insertion. */
1161
1162 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1163 { \
1164 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1165 continue; \
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1169 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1170
1171 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1172 { \
1173 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1174 { \
1175 if (! IGNORE) \
1176 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1177 (int) (FIELD));\
1178 break; \
1179 } \
1180 }
1181
1182 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1183 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1184
1185 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1186 { \
1187 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1188 { \
1189 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1190 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1191 (int) (FIELD));\
1192 break; \
1193 } \
1194 }
1195
1196 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1197 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1198
1199 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1200 { \
1201 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1202 { \
1203 if (! IGNORE) \
1204 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1205 (int) (FIELD));\
1206 break; \
1207 } \
1208 }
1209
1210 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1211 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1212 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1213
1214 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1215 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1216 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1217
1218 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1219 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1220 need real complex handling yet. */
1221 #define is_complex(exp) \
1222 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1223
1224 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1225
1226 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1227 proc/procend pairs match. */
1228
1229 void
1230 pa_check_eof ()
1231 {
1232 if (within_entry_exit)
1233 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1234
1235 if (within_procedure)
1236 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1237 }
1238
1239 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1240 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1241
1242 static label_symbol_struct *
1243 pa_get_label ()
1244 {
1245 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1246
1247 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1248 label_chain;
1249 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1250 {
1251 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1252 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1253 return label_chain;
1254 #endif
1255 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1256 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1257 return label_chain;
1258 #endif
1259 }
1260
1261 return NULL;
1262 }
1263
1264 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1265 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1266
1267 void
1268 pa_define_label (symbol)
1269 symbolS *symbol;
1270 {
1271 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1272
1273 if (label_chain)
1274 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1275 else
1276 {
1277 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1278 label_chain
1279 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1280 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1282 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1283 #endif
1284 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1285 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1286 #endif
1287 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1288
1289 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1290 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1291
1292 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1293 }
1294
1295 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1296 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1297 #endif
1298 }
1299
1300 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1301 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1302
1303 static void
1304 pa_undefine_label ()
1305 {
1306 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1307 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1308
1309 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1310 label_chain;
1311 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1312 {
1313 if (1
1314 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1315 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1316 #endif
1317 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1318 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1319 #endif
1320 )
1321 {
1322 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1323 if (prev_label_chain)
1324 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1325 else
1326 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1327
1328 free (label_chain);
1329 break;
1330 }
1331 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1336 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1337 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1338 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1339 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1340 tc_fix_data field. */
1341
1342 static void
1343 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1344 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1345 fragS *frag;
1346 int where;
1347 int size;
1348 symbolS *add_symbol;
1349 offsetT offset;
1350 expressionS *exp;
1351 int pcrel;
1352 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1353 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1354 int r_format;
1355 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1356 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1357 {
1358 fixS *new_fix;
1359
1360 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1361 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1362
1363 if (exp != NULL)
1364 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1365 else
1366 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1367 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1368 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1369 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1370 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1371 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1372 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1373 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1374 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1375 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1376 #endif
1377
1378 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1379 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1380 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1381 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1382 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1383 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1384 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1385 }
1386
1387 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1388 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1389
1390 void
1391 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1392 expressionS *exp;
1393 {
1394 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1395 expression (exp);
1396 }
1397
1398 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1399 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1400
1401 void
1402 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1403 fragS *frag;
1404 int where;
1405 int size;
1406 expressionS *exp;
1407 {
1408 unsigned int rel_type;
1409
1410 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1411 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1412 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1413 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1414 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1415 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1416 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1417 else
1418 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1419
1420 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1421 {
1422 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1423 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1424 }
1425
1426 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1427 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1428 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1429
1430 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1431 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1432 }
1433
1434 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1435 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1436
1437 void
1438 md_begin ()
1439 {
1440 const char *retval = NULL;
1441 int lose = 0;
1442 unsigned int i = 0;
1443
1444 last_call_info = NULL;
1445 call_info_root = NULL;
1446
1447 /* Set the default machine type. */
1448 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1449 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1450
1451 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1452 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1453 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1454 {
1455 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1456 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1457 }
1458
1459 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1460 pa_spaces_begin ();
1461 #endif
1462
1463 op_hash = hash_new ();
1464
1465 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1466 {
1467 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1468 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1469 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1470 {
1471 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1472 lose = 1;
1473 }
1474 do
1475 {
1476 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1477 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1478 {
1479 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1480 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1481 lose = 1;
1482 }
1483 ++i;
1484 }
1485 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1486 }
1487
1488 if (lose)
1489 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1490
1491 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1492 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1493 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1494 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1495 #endif
1496
1497 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1498 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1499 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1500 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1501 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1502 #endif
1503 }
1504
1505 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1506 void
1507 md_assemble (str)
1508 char *str;
1509 {
1510 char *to;
1511
1512 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1513 assert (str);
1514
1515 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1516 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1517 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1518
1519 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1520 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1521 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1522 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1523 {
1524 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1525
1526 if (label_symbol)
1527 {
1528 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1529 {
1530 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1531 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1532 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1534 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1535 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1536 if (within_entry_exit)
1537 {
1538 char *where;
1539 unsigned int u;
1540
1541 where = frag_more (0);
1542 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1543 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1544 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1545 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1546 }
1547 #endif
1548 }
1549 else
1550 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1551 }
1552 else
1553 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1554 }
1555
1556 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1557 pa_ip (str);
1558
1559 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
1560 to = frag_more (4);
1561
1562 /* Output the opcode. */
1563 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1564
1565 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1566 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1567 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1568 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1569 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1570 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1571
1572 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1573 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1574 #endif
1575 }
1576
1577 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1578 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1579
1580 static void
1581 pa_ip (str)
1582 char *str;
1583 {
1584 char *error_message = "";
1585 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1586 const char *args;
1587 int match = FALSE;
1588 int comma = 0;
1589 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1590 unsigned long opcode;
1591 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1592
1593 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1594 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1595 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1596 #endif
1597
1598 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1599 case. */
1600 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1601 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1602
1603 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1604 for (s = str;
1605 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1606 ++s)
1607 ;
1608
1609 switch (*s)
1610 {
1611
1612 case '\0':
1613 break;
1614
1615 case ',':
1616 comma = 1;
1617
1618 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1619
1620 case ' ':
1621 *s++ = '\0';
1622 break;
1623
1624 default:
1625 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1626 return;
1627 }
1628
1629 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1630 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1631 {
1632 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1633 return;
1634 }
1635
1636 if (comma)
1637 {
1638 *--s = ',';
1639 }
1640
1641 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1642 start processing them. */
1643 argstart = s;
1644 for (;;)
1645 {
1646 /* Do some initialization. */
1647 opcode = insn->match;
1648 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1649 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1650
1651 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1652
1653 if (insn->arch >= pa20
1654 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1655 goto failed;
1656
1657 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1658 sure that the operands match. */
1659 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1660 {
1661 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1662 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1663 s++;
1664
1665 switch (*args)
1666 {
1667
1668 /* End of arguments. */
1669 case '\0':
1670 if (*s == '\0')
1671 match = TRUE;
1672 break;
1673
1674 case '+':
1675 if (*s == '+')
1676 {
1677 ++s;
1678 continue;
1679 }
1680 if (*s == '-')
1681 continue;
1682 break;
1683
1684 /* These must match exactly. */
1685 case '(':
1686 case ')':
1687 case ',':
1688 case ' ':
1689 if (*s++ == *args)
1690 continue;
1691 break;
1692
1693 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1694 case 'b':
1695 case '^':
1696 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1697 break;
1698 num = pa_number;
1699 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1700 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1701
1702 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1703 is there. */
1704 case '!':
1705 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1706 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1707 s = s + 1;
1708
1709 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1710 {
1711 s += 4;
1712 continue;
1713 }
1714 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1715 {
1716 s += 5;
1717 continue;
1718 }
1719 break;
1720
1721 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1722 case 'x':
1723 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1724 break;
1725 num = pa_number;
1726 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1727 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1728
1729 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1730 case 't':
1731 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1732 break;
1733 num = pa_number;
1734 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1735 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1736
1737 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1738 case 'a':
1739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1740 break;
1741 num = pa_number;
1742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1743 opcode |= num << 16;
1744 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1745
1746 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1747 case 'T':
1748 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1749 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1750 break;
1751 s = expr_end;
1752 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1753 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1754
1755 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1756 case '5':
1757 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1758 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1759 break;
1760 s = expr_end;
1761 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1762 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1763 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1764 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1765 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1766
1767 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1768 case 'V':
1769 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1770 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1771 break;
1772 s = expr_end;
1773 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1774 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1775 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1776 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1777 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1778
1779 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1780 case 'r':
1781 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1782 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1783 break;
1784 s = expr_end;
1785 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1786 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1787
1788 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1789 case 'R':
1790 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1791 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1792 break;
1793 s = expr_end;
1794 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1795 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1796
1797 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1798 case 'U':
1799 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1800 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1801 break;
1802 s = expr_end;
1803 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1804 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1805
1806 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1807 case 's':
1808 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1809 break;
1810 num = pa_number;
1811 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1812 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1813
1814 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1815 case 'S':
1816 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1817 break;
1818 num = pa_number;
1819 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1820 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1821 continue;
1822
1823 /* Handle all completers. */
1824 case 'c':
1825 switch (*++args)
1826 {
1827
1828 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1829 case 'X':
1830 case 'x':
1831 {
1832 int uu = 0;
1833 int m = 0;
1834 int i = 0;
1835 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1836 {
1837 s++;
1838 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1839 {
1840 uu = 1;
1841 m = 1;
1842 s++;
1843 i++;
1844 }
1845 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1846 m = 1;
1847 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1848 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1849 uu = 1;
1850 else if (strict)
1851 {
1852 /* This is a match failure. */
1853 s--;
1854 break;
1855 }
1856 else
1857 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1858 s++;
1859 i++;
1860 }
1861 if (i > 2)
1862 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1863 opcode |= m << 5;
1864 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1865 }
1866
1867 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1868 case 'M':
1869 case 'm':
1870 case 'q':
1871 case 'J':
1872 case 'e':
1873 {
1874 int a = 0;
1875 int m = 0;
1876 if (*s == ',')
1877 {
1878 s++;
1879 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1880 {
1881 a = 0;
1882 m = 1;
1883 s += 2;
1884 }
1885 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1886 {
1887 a = 1;
1888 m = 1;
1889 s += 2;
1890 }
1891 else if (strict)
1892 /* This is a match failure. */
1893 s--;
1894 else
1895 {
1896 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1897 s += 2;
1898 }
1899 }
1900 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1901 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1902 else if (*args == 'e')
1903 break;
1904
1905 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1906 encode the before/after field. */
1907 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1908 {
1909 opcode |= m << 5;
1910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1911 }
1912 else if (*args == 'q')
1913 {
1914 opcode |= m << 3;
1915 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1916 }
1917 else if (*args == 'J')
1918 {
1919 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1920 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1921 }
1922 else if (*args == 'e')
1923 {
1924 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1925 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1926 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1927 opcode |= a;
1928 continue;
1929 }
1930 }
1931
1932 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1933 case 'A':
1934 case 's':
1935 {
1936 int a = 0;
1937 int m = 0;
1938 int i = 0;
1939 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1940 {
1941 s++;
1942 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1943 m = 1;
1944 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1945 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1946 a = 0;
1947 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1948 a = 1;
1949 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
1950 else if (strict)
1951 {
1952 s--;
1953 break;
1954 }
1955 else
1956 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1957 s++;
1958 i++;
1959 }
1960 if (i > 2)
1961 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1962 opcode |= m << 5;
1963 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1964 }
1965
1966 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1967 case 'c':
1968 cmpltr = 0;
1969 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1970 {
1971 s += 3;
1972 cmpltr = 2;
1973 }
1974 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1975
1976 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1977 case 'C':
1978 cmpltr = 0;
1979 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1980 {
1981 s += 3;
1982 cmpltr = 2;
1983 }
1984 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1985 {
1986 s += 3;
1987 cmpltr = 1;
1988 }
1989 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1990
1991 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1992 case 'd':
1993 cmpltr = 0;
1994 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1995 {
1996 s += 3;
1997 cmpltr = 1;
1998 }
1999 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
2000
2001 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
2002 case 'o':
2003 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
2004 break;
2005 s += 2;
2006 continue;
2007
2008 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
2009 case 'g':
2010 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
2011 break;
2012 s += 5;
2013 continue;
2014
2015 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2016 case 'p':
2017 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2018 break;
2019 s += 7;
2020 continue;
2021
2022 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2023 case 'l':
2024 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2025 break;
2026 s += 2;
2027 continue;
2028
2029 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2030 case 'P':
2031 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2032 break;
2033 s += 4;
2034 continue;
2035
2036 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2037 case 'L':
2038 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2039 break;
2040 s += 2;
2041 continue;
2042
2043 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2044 case 'w':
2045 flag = 0;
2046 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2047 {
2048 flag = 1;
2049 s += 2;
2050 }
2051 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2052 {
2053 flag = 0;
2054 s += 2;
2055 }
2056
2057 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2058
2059 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2060 case 'W':
2061 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2062 break;
2063 s += 2;
2064 continue;
2065
2066 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2067 case 'r':
2068 flag = 0;
2069 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2070 {
2071 flag = 5;
2072 s += 2;
2073 }
2074
2075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2076
2077 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2078 case 'Z':
2079 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2080 {
2081 flag = 1;
2082 s += 2;
2083 }
2084 else
2085 flag = 0;
2086
2087 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2088
2089 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2090 case 'i':
2091 flag = 0;
2092 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2093 {
2094 flag = 1;
2095 s += 2;
2096 }
2097
2098 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2099
2100 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2101 case 'z':
2102 flag = 1;
2103 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2104 {
2105 flag = 0;
2106 s += 2;
2107 }
2108
2109 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2110
2111 /* Handle add completer. */
2112 case 'a':
2113 flag = 1;
2114 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2115 {
2116 flag = 2;
2117 s += 2;
2118 }
2119 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2120 {
2121 flag = 3;
2122 s += 4;
2123 }
2124
2125 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2126
2127 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2128 case 'Y':
2129 flag = 0;
2130 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2131 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2132 {
2133 flag = 1;
2134 s += 7;
2135 }
2136 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2137 {
2138 flag = 0;
2139 s += 3;
2140 }
2141 else
2142 break;
2143
2144 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2145
2146 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2147 case 'y':
2148 flag = 0;
2149 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2150 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2151 {
2152 flag = 1;
2153 s += 6;
2154 }
2155 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2156 {
2157 flag = 0;
2158 s += 2;
2159 }
2160 else
2161 break;
2162
2163 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2164
2165 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2166 case 'v':
2167 flag = 0;
2168 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2169 {
2170 flag = 1;
2171 s += 4;
2172 }
2173
2174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2175
2176 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2177 case 't':
2178 flag = 0;
2179 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2180 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2181 {
2182 flag = 1;
2183 s += 7;
2184 }
2185 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2186 {
2187 flag = 0;
2188 s += 3;
2189 }
2190 else
2191 break;
2192
2193 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2194
2195 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2196 case 'B':
2197 flag = 0;
2198 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2199 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2200 {
2201 flag = 1;
2202 s += 7;
2203 }
2204 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2205 {
2206 flag = 0;
2207 s += 3;
2208 }
2209 else
2210 break;
2211
2212 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2213
2214 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2215 case 'b':
2216 flag = 0;
2217 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2218 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2219 {
2220 flag = 1;
2221 s += 6;
2222 }
2223 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2224 {
2225 flag = 0;
2226 s += 2;
2227 }
2228 else
2229 break;
2230
2231 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2232
2233 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2234 case 'T':
2235 flag = 0;
2236 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2237 {
2238 flag = 1;
2239 s += 3;
2240 }
2241
2242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2243
2244 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2245 case 'S':
2246 {
2247 int sign = 1;
2248 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2249 {
2250 sign = 1;
2251 s += 2;
2252 }
2253 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2254 {
2255 sign = 0;
2256 s += 2;
2257 }
2258
2259 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2260 }
2261
2262 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2263 case 'h':
2264 if (*s++ == ',')
2265 {
2266 int lr = 0;
2267 if (*s == 'r')
2268 lr = 2;
2269 else if (*s == 'l')
2270 lr = 0;
2271 else
2272 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2273
2274 s++;
2275 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2276 }
2277 else
2278 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2279 break;
2280
2281 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2282 case 'H':
2283 {
2284 int sat = 3;
2285 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2286 {
2287 sat = 1;
2288 s += 3;
2289 }
2290 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2291 {
2292 sat = 0;
2293 s += 3;
2294 }
2295
2296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2297 }
2298
2299 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2300 case '*':
2301 if (*s++ == ',')
2302 {
2303 int permloc[4];
2304 int perm = 0;
2305 int i = 0;
2306 permloc[0] = 13;
2307 permloc[1] = 10;
2308 permloc[2] = 8;
2309 permloc[3] = 6;
2310 for (; i < 4; i++)
2311 {
2312 switch (*s++)
2313 {
2314 case '0':
2315 perm = 0;
2316 break;
2317 case '1':
2318 perm = 1;
2319 break;
2320 case '2':
2321 perm = 2;
2322 break;
2323 case '3':
2324 perm = 3;
2325 break;
2326 default:
2327 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2328 }
2329 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2330 }
2331 continue;
2332 }
2333 else
2334 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2335 break;
2336
2337 default:
2338 abort ();
2339 }
2340 break;
2341
2342 /* Handle all conditions. */
2343 case '?':
2344 {
2345 args++;
2346 switch (*args)
2347 {
2348 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2349 case 'f':
2350 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2352
2353 /* Handle an add condition. */
2354 case 'A':
2355 case 'a':
2356 cmpltr = 0;
2357 flag = 0;
2358 if (*s == ',')
2359 {
2360 s++;
2361
2362 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2363 if (*args == 'A')
2364 {
2365 if (*s == '*')
2366 s++;
2367 else
2368 break;
2369 }
2370 else if (*s == '*')
2371 break;
2372
2373 name = s;
2374 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2375 s += 1;
2376 c = *s;
2377 *s = 0x00;
2378 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2379 cmpltr = 1;
2380 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2381 cmpltr = 2;
2382 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2383 cmpltr = 3;
2384 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2385 cmpltr = 4;
2386 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2387 cmpltr = 5;
2388 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2389 cmpltr = 6;
2390 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2391 cmpltr = 7;
2392 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2393 {
2394 cmpltr = 0;
2395 flag = 1;
2396 }
2397 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2398 {
2399 cmpltr = 1;
2400 flag = 1;
2401 }
2402 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2403 {
2404 cmpltr = 2;
2405 flag = 1;
2406 }
2407 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2408 {
2409 cmpltr = 3;
2410 flag = 1;
2411 }
2412 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2413 {
2414 cmpltr = 4;
2415 flag = 1;
2416 }
2417 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2418 {
2419 cmpltr = 5;
2420 flag = 1;
2421 }
2422 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2423 {
2424 cmpltr = 6;
2425 flag = 1;
2426 }
2427 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2428 {
2429 cmpltr = 7;
2430 flag = 1;
2431 }
2432 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2433 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
2434 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2435 *s = c;
2436 }
2437 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2438 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2439
2440 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2441 case 'd':
2442 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2443 if (cmpltr < 0)
2444 {
2445 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2446 cmpltr = 0;
2447 }
2448 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2449
2450 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2451 case 'W':
2452 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2453 if (cmpltr < 0)
2454 {
2455 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2456 cmpltr = 0;
2457 }
2458 else
2459 {
2460 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2461 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2462 }
2463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2464
2465 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2466 condition. */
2467 case '@':
2468 save_s = s;
2469 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2470 if (cmpltr < 0)
2471 {
2472 s = save_s;
2473 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2474 if (cmpltr < 0)
2475 {
2476 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2477 cmpltr = 0;
2478 }
2479 else
2480 {
2481 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2482 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2483 }
2484 }
2485 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2486
2487 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2488 case 'B':
2489 case 'b':
2490 cmpltr = 0;
2491 if (*s == ',')
2492 {
2493 s++;
2494
2495 if (*args == 'B')
2496 {
2497 if (*s == '*')
2498 s++;
2499 else
2500 break;
2501 }
2502 else if (*s == '*')
2503 break;
2504
2505 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2506 {
2507 cmpltr = 0;
2508 s++;
2509 }
2510 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2511 {
2512 cmpltr = 1;
2513 s += 2;
2514 }
2515 else
2516 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2517 }
2518 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2519
2520 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2521 case 'S':
2522 case 's':
2523 cmpltr = 0;
2524 flag = 0;
2525 if (*s == ',')
2526 {
2527 s++;
2528
2529 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2530 if (*args == 'S')
2531 {
2532 if (*s == '*')
2533 s++;
2534 else
2535 break;
2536 }
2537 else if (*s == '*')
2538 break;
2539
2540 name = s;
2541 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2542 s += 1;
2543 c = *s;
2544 *s = 0x00;
2545 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2546 cmpltr = 1;
2547 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2548 cmpltr = 2;
2549 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2550 cmpltr = 3;
2551 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2552 cmpltr = 4;
2553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2554 cmpltr = 5;
2555 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2556 cmpltr = 6;
2557 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2558 cmpltr = 7;
2559 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2560 {
2561 cmpltr = 0;
2562 flag = 1;
2563 }
2564 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2565 {
2566 cmpltr = 1;
2567 flag = 1;
2568 }
2569 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2570 {
2571 cmpltr = 2;
2572 flag = 1;
2573 }
2574 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2575 {
2576 cmpltr = 3;
2577 flag = 1;
2578 }
2579 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2580 {
2581 cmpltr = 4;
2582 flag = 1;
2583 }
2584 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2585 {
2586 cmpltr = 5;
2587 flag = 1;
2588 }
2589 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2590 {
2591 cmpltr = 6;
2592 flag = 1;
2593 }
2594 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2595 {
2596 cmpltr = 7;
2597 flag = 1;
2598 }
2599 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2600 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
2601 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2602 name);
2603 *s = c;
2604 }
2605 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2607
2608 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2609 case 't':
2610 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2611 if (cmpltr < 0)
2612 {
2613 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2614 cmpltr = 0;
2615 }
2616 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2617
2618 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2619 case 'n':
2620 save_s = s;
2621 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2622 if (cmpltr < 0)
2623 {
2624 s = save_s;
2625 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2626 if (cmpltr < 0)
2627 {
2628 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2629 cmpltr = 0;
2630 }
2631 else
2632 {
2633 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2634 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2635 }
2636 }
2637
2638 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2639
2640 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2641 case 'N':
2642 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2643 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2644 {
2645 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2646 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2647 }
2648 else
2649 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2650 break;
2651
2652 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2653
2654 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2655 case 'Q':
2656 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2657 if (cmpltr < 0)
2658 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2659 break;
2660
2661 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2662
2663 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2664 case 'L':
2665 case 'l':
2666 cmpltr = 0;
2667 flag = 0;
2668 if (*s == ',')
2669 {
2670 s++;
2671
2672 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2673 if (*args == 'L')
2674 {
2675 if (*s == '*')
2676 s++;
2677 else
2678 break;
2679 }
2680 else if (*s == '*')
2681 break;
2682
2683 name = s;
2684 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2685 s += 1;
2686 c = *s;
2687 *s = 0x00;
2688
2689 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2690 cmpltr = 1;
2691 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2692 cmpltr = 2;
2693 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2694 cmpltr = 3;
2695 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2696 cmpltr = 7;
2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 0;
2700 flag = 1;
2701 }
2702 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2703 {
2704 cmpltr = 1;
2705 flag = 1;
2706 }
2707 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = 2;
2710 flag = 1;
2711 }
2712 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2713 {
2714 cmpltr = 3;
2715 flag = 1;
2716 }
2717 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2718 {
2719 cmpltr = 7;
2720 flag = 1;
2721 }
2722 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2723 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
2724 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2725 *s = c;
2726 }
2727 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2729
2730 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2731 case 'X':
2732 case 'x':
2733 case 'y':
2734 cmpltr = 0;
2735 if (*s == ',')
2736 {
2737 save_s = s++;
2738
2739 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2740 if (*args == 'X')
2741 {
2742 if (*s == '*')
2743 s++;
2744 else
2745 break;
2746 }
2747 else if (*s == '*')
2748 break;
2749
2750 name = s;
2751 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2752 s += 1;
2753 c = *s;
2754 *s = 0x00;
2755 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2756 cmpltr = 1;
2757 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2758 cmpltr = 2;
2759 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2760 cmpltr = 3;
2761 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2762 cmpltr = 4;
2763 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2764 cmpltr = 5;
2765 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2766 cmpltr = 6;
2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2768 cmpltr = 7;
2769 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2770 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2772 {
2773 *s = c;
2774 s = save_s;
2775 continue;
2776 }
2777 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2778 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
2779 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2780 *s = c;
2781 }
2782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2783
2784 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2785 case 'U':
2786 case 'u':
2787 cmpltr = 0;
2788 flag = 0;
2789 if (*s == ',')
2790 {
2791 s++;
2792
2793 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2794 if (*args == 'U')
2795 {
2796 if (*s == '*')
2797 s++;
2798 else
2799 break;
2800 }
2801 else if (*s == '*')
2802 break;
2803
2804 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2805 {
2806 cmpltr = 2;
2807 s += 3;
2808 }
2809 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2810 {
2811 cmpltr = 3;
2812 s += 3;
2813 }
2814 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 4;
2817 s += 3;
2818 }
2819 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2820 {
2821 cmpltr = 6;
2822 s += 3;
2823 }
2824 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2825 {
2826 cmpltr = 7;
2827 s += 3;
2828 }
2829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 0;
2832 flag = 1;
2833 s += 2;
2834 }
2835 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2836 {
2837 cmpltr = 2;
2838 flag = 1;
2839 s += 3;
2840 }
2841 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 3;
2844 flag = 1;
2845 s += 3;
2846 }
2847 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2848 {
2849 cmpltr = 4;
2850 flag = 1;
2851 s += 3;
2852 }
2853 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 6;
2856 flag = 1;
2857 s += 3;
2858 }
2859 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2860 {
2861 cmpltr = 7;
2862 flag = 1;
2863 s += 3;
2864 }
2865 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 1;
2868 flag = 0;
2869 s += 3;
2870 }
2871 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2872 {
2873 cmpltr = 5;
2874 flag = 0;
2875 s += 3;
2876 }
2877 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2878 {
2879 cmpltr = 1;
2880 flag = 1;
2881 s += 3;
2882 }
2883 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2884 {
2885 cmpltr = 5;
2886 flag = 1;
2887 s += 3;
2888 }
2889 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2890 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
2891 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2892 }
2893 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2894 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2895
2896 default:
2897 abort ();
2898 }
2899 break;
2900 }
2901
2902 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2903 case 'n':
2904 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2906
2907 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2908 case 'N':
2909 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2911
2912 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2913 case 'L':
2914 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2915 s += 4;
2916 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2917 s += 4;
2918 else
2919 break;
2920 continue;
2921
2922 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2923 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2924 case 'h':
2925 get_expression (s);
2926 s = expr_end;
2927 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2928 {
2929 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2930 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2931 num++;
2932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2933 }
2934 else
2935 break;
2936
2937 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2938 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2939 case 'm':
2940 get_expression (s);
2941 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2942 {
2943 s = expr_end;
2944 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2945 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2946 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2947 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2948 }
2949 else
2950 break;
2951
2952 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2953 case '=':
2954 {
2955 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2956 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2957 }
2958
2959 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2960 case 'i':
2961 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2962 get_expression (s);
2963 s = expr_end;
2964 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2965 {
2966 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2967 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2968 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2969 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2970 }
2971 else
2972 {
2973 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2974 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2975 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2976 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2977 else
2978 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2979 the_insn.format = 11;
2980 continue;
2981 }
2982
2983 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2984 case 'J':
2985 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2986 get_expression (s);
2987 s = expr_end;
2988 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2989 {
2990 int mb;
2991
2992 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2993 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2994 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2995 good to rethink this. */
2996 mb = opcode & 1;
2997 opcode -= mb;
2998 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2999 if (mb != (num < 0))
3000 break;
3001 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3002 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3003 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3004 }
3005 break;
3006
3007 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3008 case 'K':
3009 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3010 get_expression (s);
3011 s = expr_end;
3012 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3013 {
3014 int mb;
3015
3016 mb = opcode & 1;
3017 opcode -= mb;
3018 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3019 if (mb == (num < 0))
3020 break;
3021 if (num % 4)
3022 break;
3023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3024 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3025 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3026 }
3027 break;
3028
3029 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3030 case '<':
3031 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3032 get_expression (s);
3033 s = expr_end;
3034 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3035 {
3036 int mb;
3037
3038 mb = opcode & 1;
3039 opcode -= mb;
3040 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3041 if (mb != (num < 0))
3042 break;
3043 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3044 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3046 }
3047 break;
3048
3049 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3050 case '>':
3051 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3052 get_expression (s);
3053 s = expr_end;
3054 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3055 {
3056 int mb;
3057
3058 mb = opcode & 1;
3059 opcode -= mb;
3060 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3061 if (mb == (num < 0))
3062 break;
3063 if (num % 4)
3064 break;
3065 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3066 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3067 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3068 }
3069 break;
3070
3071 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3072 case '#':
3073 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
3074 break;
3075 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3076 get_expression (s);
3077 s = expr_end;
3078 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3079 {
3080 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3081 if (num & 0x7)
3082 break;
3083 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3084 if (num < 0)
3085 opcode |= 1;
3086 num &= 0x1fff;
3087 num >>= 3;
3088 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3089 }
3090 else
3091 {
3092 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3093 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3094 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3095 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3096 else
3097 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3098 the_insn.format = 14;
3099 continue;
3100 }
3101 break;
3102
3103 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3104 case 'd':
3105 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3106 get_expression (s);
3107 s = expr_end;
3108 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3109 {
3110 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3111 if (num & 0x3)
3112 break;
3113 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3114 if (num < 0)
3115 opcode |= 1;
3116 num &= 0x1fff;
3117 num >>= 2;
3118 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3119 }
3120 else
3121 {
3122 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3123 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3124 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3125 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3126 else
3127 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3128 the_insn.format = 14;
3129 continue;
3130 }
3131
3132 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3133 case 'j':
3134 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3135 get_expression (s);
3136 s = expr_end;
3137 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3138 {
3139 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3140 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3141 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3142 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3143 }
3144 else
3145 {
3146 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3147 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3148 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3149 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3150 else
3151 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3152 the_insn.format = 14;
3153 continue;
3154 }
3155
3156 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3157 case 'k':
3158 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3159 get_expression (s);
3160 s = expr_end;
3161 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3162 {
3163 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3164 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3165 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3166 continue;
3167 }
3168 else
3169 {
3170 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3171 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3172 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3173 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3174 else
3175 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3176 the_insn.format = 21;
3177 continue;
3178 }
3179
3180 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3181 case 'l':
3182 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3183 get_expression (s);
3184 s = expr_end;
3185 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3186 {
3187 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3188 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3189 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3190 continue;
3191 }
3192 else
3193 {
3194 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3195 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3196 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3197 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3198 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3199 else
3200 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3201 the_insn.format = 14;
3202 continue;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3206 case 'y':
3207 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3208 get_expression (s);
3209 s = expr_end;
3210 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3211 {
3212 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3213 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3214 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3215 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3216 continue;
3217 }
3218 else
3219 {
3220 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3221 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3222 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3223 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3224 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3225 else
3226 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3227 the_insn.format = 14;
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230
3231 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3232 case '&':
3233 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3234 get_expression (s);
3235 s = expr_end;
3236 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3237 {
3238 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3239 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3240 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3241 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3242 continue;
3243 }
3244 else
3245 {
3246 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3247 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3248 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3249 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3250 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3251 else
3252 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3253 the_insn.format = 14;
3254 continue;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3258 case 'w':
3259 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3260 get_expression (s);
3261 s = expr_end;
3262 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3263 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3264 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3265 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3266 {
3267 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3268 if (num % 4)
3269 {
3270 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3271 break;
3272 }
3273 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3274 num -= 8;
3275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3276 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3277 continue;
3278 }
3279 else
3280 {
3281 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3282 the_insn.format = 12;
3283 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3284 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3285 s = expr_end;
3286 continue;
3287 }
3288
3289 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3290 case 'W':
3291 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3292 get_expression (s);
3293 s = expr_end;
3294 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3295 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3296 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3297 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3298 {
3299 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3300 if (num % 4)
3301 {
3302 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3303 break;
3304 }
3305 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3306 num -= 8;
3307 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3308 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3309 continue;
3310 }
3311 else
3312 {
3313 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3314 the_insn.format = 17;
3315 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3316 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3317 continue;
3318 }
3319
3320 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3321 case 'X':
3322 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3323 get_expression (s);
3324 s = expr_end;
3325 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3326 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3327 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3328 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3329 {
3330 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3331 if (num % 4)
3332 {
3333 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3334 break;
3335 }
3336 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3337 num -= 8;
3338 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3339 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3344 the_insn.format = 22;
3345 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3346 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3347 continue;
3348 }
3349
3350 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3351 case 'z':
3352 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3353 get_expression (s);
3354 s = expr_end;
3355 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3356 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3357 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3358 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3359 {
3360 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3361 if (num % 4)
3362 {
3363 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3364 break;
3365 }
3366 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3367 num -= 8;
3368 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3369 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3370 continue;
3371 }
3372 else
3373 {
3374 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3375 the_insn.format = 17;
3376 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3377 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3378 continue;
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3382 case 'Z':
3383 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3384 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3385 {
3386 s += 4;
3387 continue;
3388 }
3389 else
3390 break;
3391
3392 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3393 case 'Y':
3394 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3395 break;
3396 s += 9;
3397 continue;
3398
3399 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3400 case '@':
3401 if (*s != '0')
3402 break;
3403 s++;
3404 continue;
3405
3406 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3407 case '.':
3408 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3409 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3410 break;
3411 s = expr_end;
3412 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3413 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3414
3415 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3416 case '*':
3417 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3418 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3419 break;
3420 s = expr_end;
3421 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3423
3424 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3425 case 'p':
3426 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3427 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3428 break;
3429 s = expr_end;
3430 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3431 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3432
3433 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3434 case '~':
3435 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3436 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3437 break;
3438 s = expr_end;
3439 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3440 num = 63 - num;
3441 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3442 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3443
3444 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3445 case '%':
3446 flag = 0;
3447 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3448 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3449 break;
3450 s = expr_end;
3451 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3452 num--;
3453 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3454 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3455 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3456
3457 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3458 case '|':
3459 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3460 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3461 break;
3462 s = expr_end;
3463 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3464 num--;
3465 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3466 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3467 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3468
3469 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3470 case 'P':
3471 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3472 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3473 break;
3474 s = expr_end;
3475 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3476 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3477
3478 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3479 case 'q':
3480 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3481 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3482 break;
3483 s = expr_end;
3484 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3485 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3486 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3487
3488 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3489 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3490 case 'B':
3491 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3492 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3493 break;
3494 s = expr_end;
3495 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3496 if (num & 0x20)
3497 ;
3498 else
3499 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3500 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3501
3502 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3503 case 'Q':
3504 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3505 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3506 break;
3507 s = expr_end;
3508 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3510
3511 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3512 case '$':
3513 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3514 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3515 break;
3516 s = expr_end;
3517 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3518 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3519
3520 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3521 case 'A':
3522 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3523 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3524 break;
3525 s = expr_end;
3526 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3528
3529 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3530 case 'D':
3531 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3532 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3533 break;
3534 s = expr_end;
3535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3536 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3537
3538 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3539 case 'v':
3540 if (*s++ != ',')
3541 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3542 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3543 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3544 break;
3545 s = expr_end;
3546 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3547 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3548
3549 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3550 case 'O':
3551 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3552 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3553 break;
3554 s = expr_end;
3555 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3556 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3557 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3558
3559 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3560 case 'o':
3561 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3562 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3563 break;
3564 s = expr_end;
3565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3566 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3567
3568 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3569 case '0':
3570 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3571 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3572 break;
3573 s = expr_end;
3574 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3575 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3577
3578 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3579 case '1':
3580 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3581 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3582 break;
3583 s = expr_end;
3584 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3585 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3587
3588 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3589 case 'u':
3590 if (*s++ != ',')
3591 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3592 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3593 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3594 break;
3595 s = expr_end;
3596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3597 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3598
3599 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3600 case '2':
3601 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3602 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3603 break;
3604 s = expr_end;
3605 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3606 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3608
3609 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3610 case '{':
3611 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3612 {
3613 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3614 s += 2;
3615 }
3616 else
3617 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3618 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3619 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3620 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3621 flag = SGL;
3622 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3623 flag = DBL;
3624 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3625 flag = QUAD;
3626 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3627
3628 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3629 case '_':
3630 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3631 s--;
3632 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3633 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3634 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3635 flag = SGL;
3636 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3637 flag = DBL;
3638 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3639 flag = QUAD;
3640 opcode |= flag << 13;
3641 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3642 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3643 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3644 {
3645 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3646 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3647 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3648 flag = 0;
3649 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3650 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3651 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3652 flag = 2;
3653 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3654 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3655 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3656 flag = 6;
3657 else
3658 abort ();
3659 }
3660 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3661 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3662 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3663 {
3664 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3665 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3666 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3667 flag = 1;
3668 else
3669 abort ();
3670 }
3671 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3672 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3673 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3674 {
3675 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3676 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3677 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3678 flag = 5;
3679 else
3680 abort ();
3681 }
3682 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3683 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3684
3685 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3686 case 'F':
3687 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3688 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3689 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3690
3691 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3692 case 'G':
3693 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3694 s--;
3695 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3696 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3698
3699 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3700 case 'I':
3701 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3702 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3703 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3704
3705 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3706 Only allows single and double precision. */
3707 case 'H':
3708 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3709 switch (flag)
3710 {
3711 case SGL:
3712 opcode |= 0x20;
3713 case DBL:
3714 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3715 continue;
3716
3717 case QUAD:
3718 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3719 default:
3720 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3721 }
3722 break;
3723
3724 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3725 case 'f':
3726 switch (*++args)
3727 {
3728 /* Float target register. */
3729 case 't':
3730 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3731 break;
3732 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3733 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3734 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3735
3736 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3737 case 'T':
3738 {
3739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 break;
3741 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 opcode |= num;
3744
3745 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3746 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3747 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3748 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3749 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3750 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3751
3752 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3753 continue;
3754 }
3755
3756 /* Float operand 1. */
3757 case 'a':
3758 {
3759 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3760 break;
3761 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3762 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3763 opcode |= num << 21;
3764 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3765 {
3766 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3767 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3768 }
3769 continue;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3773 case 'X':
3774 case 'A':
3775 {
3776 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3777 break;
3778 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3779 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3780 opcode |= num << 21;
3781 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3782 continue;
3783 }
3784
3785 /* Float operand 2. */
3786 case 'b':
3787 {
3788 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3789 break;
3790 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3791 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3792 opcode |= num << 16;
3793 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3794 {
3795 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3796 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3797 }
3798 continue;
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3802 case 'B':
3803 {
3804 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3805 break;
3806 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3807 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3808 opcode |= num << 16;
3809 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3810 continue;
3811 }
3812
3813 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3814 case 'C':
3815 {
3816 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3817 break;
3818 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3819 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3820 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3821 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3822 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3823 continue;
3824 }
3825
3826 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3827 case 'i':
3828 {
3829 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3830 break;
3831 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3832 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3833 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3834 {
3835 if (num < 16)
3836 {
3837 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3838 break;
3839 }
3840 num &= 0xF;
3841 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3842 }
3843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3844 }
3845
3846 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3847 case 'j':
3848 {
3849 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3850 break;
3851 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3852 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3853 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3854 {
3855 if (num < 16)
3856 {
3857 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3858 break;
3859 }
3860 num &= 0xF;
3861 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3862 }
3863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3867 case 'k':
3868 {
3869 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3870 break;
3871 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3872 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3873 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3874 {
3875 if (num < 16)
3876 {
3877 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3878 break;
3879 }
3880 num &= 0xF;
3881 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3882 }
3883 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3887 case 'l':
3888 {
3889 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3890 break;
3891 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3892 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3893 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3894 {
3895 if (num < 16)
3896 {
3897 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3898 break;
3899 }
3900 num &= 0xF;
3901 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3902 }
3903 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3904 }
3905
3906 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3907 case 'm':
3908 {
3909 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3910 break;
3911 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3912 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3913 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3914 {
3915 if (num < 16)
3916 {
3917 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3918 break;
3919 }
3920 num &= 0xF;
3921 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3922 }
3923 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3924 }
3925
3926 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3927 case 'E':
3928 case 'e':
3929 {
3930 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3931 break;
3932 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3933 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3934 opcode |= num << 16;
3935 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3936 {
3937 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3938 }
3939 continue;
3940 }
3941
3942 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3943 case 'x':
3944 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3945 break;
3946 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3947 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3948 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3949
3950 default:
3951 abort ();
3952 }
3953 break;
3954
3955 default:
3956 abort ();
3957 }
3958 break;
3959 }
3960
3961 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
3962 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
3963 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
3964 if (match == TRUE
3965 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
3966 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
3967 {
3968 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
3969 match = FALSE;
3970 }
3971
3972 failed:
3973 /* Check if the args matched. */
3974 if (!match)
3975 {
3976 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3977 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3978 {
3979 ++insn;
3980 s = argstart;
3981 continue;
3982 }
3983 else
3984 {
3985 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3986 return;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 break;
3990 }
3991
3992 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3993 }
3994
3995 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3996 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3997 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3998
3999 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
4000
4001 char *
4002 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
4003 char type;
4004 char *litP;
4005 int *sizeP;
4006 {
4007 int prec;
4008 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
4009 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
4010 char *t;
4011
4012 switch (type)
4013 {
4014
4015 case 'f':
4016 case 'F':
4017 case 's':
4018 case 'S':
4019 prec = 2;
4020 break;
4021
4022 case 'd':
4023 case 'D':
4024 case 'r':
4025 case 'R':
4026 prec = 4;
4027 break;
4028
4029 case 'x':
4030 case 'X':
4031 prec = 6;
4032 break;
4033
4034 case 'p':
4035 case 'P':
4036 prec = 6;
4037 break;
4038
4039 default:
4040 *sizeP = 0;
4041 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4042 }
4043 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4044 if (t)
4045 input_line_pointer = t;
4046 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4047 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4048 {
4049 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4050 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4051 }
4052 return NULL;
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Write out big-endian. */
4056
4057 void
4058 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4059 char *buf;
4060 valueT val;
4061 int n;
4062 {
4063 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4064 }
4065
4066 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4067 format. */
4068
4069 arelent **
4070 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4071 asection *section;
4072 fixS *fixp;
4073 {
4074 arelent *reloc;
4075 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4076 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4077 arelent **relocs;
4078 reloc_type **codes;
4079 reloc_type code;
4080 int n_relocs;
4081 int i;
4082
4083 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4084 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4085 return &no_relocs;
4086
4087 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4088 assert (section != 0);
4089
4090 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4091
4092 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4093 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4094 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4095 fixp->fx_r_type,
4096 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4097 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4098 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4099 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4100
4101 if (codes == NULL)
4102 {
4103 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4104 abort ();
4105 }
4106
4107 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4108 ;
4109
4110 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4111 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4112 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4113 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4114
4115 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4116
4117 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4118 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4119 {
4120 default:
4121 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4122
4123 code = *codes[0];
4124
4125 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4126 switch (code)
4127 {
4128 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4129 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4130 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4131 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4132 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4133 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4134 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4135 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4136 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4137 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4138
4139 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4140 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4141 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4142 reloc->addend = 0;
4143 break;
4144
4145 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4146 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4147 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4148 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4149 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4150 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4151 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4152 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4153 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4154 fixp->fx_offset);
4155 break;
4156 #endif
4157
4158 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4159 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4160 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4161 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4162 /* Fall thru */
4163
4164 default:
4165 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4166 break;
4167 }
4168
4169 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4170 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4171 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4172 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4173 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4174
4175 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4176 break;
4177 }
4178 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4179
4180 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4181 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4182 {
4183 code = *codes[i];
4184
4185 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4186 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4187 relocs[i]->howto =
4188 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4189 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4190 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4191
4192 switch (code)
4193 {
4194 case R_COMP2:
4195 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4196 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4197 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4198 assert (i == 1);
4199 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4200 relocs[0]->howto =
4201 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4202 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4203 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4204 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4205 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4206 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4207 relocs[1]->howto =
4208 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4209 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4210 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4211 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4212 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4213 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4214 relocs[2]->howto =
4215 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4216 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4217 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4218 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4219 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4220 relocs[3]->howto =
4221 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4222 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4223 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4224 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4225 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4226 relocs[4]->howto =
4227 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4228 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4229 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4230 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4231 goto done;
4232 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4233 case R_ABS_CALL:
4234 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4235 break;
4236
4237 case R_DLT_REL:
4238 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4239 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4240 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4241 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4242 (static link required).
4243
4244 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4245
4246 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4247 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4248 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4249 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4250 break;
4251
4252 case R_N_MODE:
4253 case R_S_MODE:
4254 case R_D_MODE:
4255 case R_R_MODE:
4256 case R_FSEL:
4257 case R_LSEL:
4258 case R_RSEL:
4259 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4260 case R_END_BRTAB:
4261 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4262 case R_N0SEL:
4263 case R_N1SEL:
4264 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4265 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4266 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4267 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4268 break;
4269
4270 case R_END_TRY:
4271 case R_ENTRY:
4272 case R_EXIT:
4273 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4274 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4275 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4276 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4277 break;
4278
4279 default:
4280 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4281 }
4282 }
4283
4284 done:
4285 #endif
4286
4287 return relocs;
4288 }
4289
4290 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4291
4292 void
4293 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4294 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4295 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4296 register fragS *fragP;
4297 {
4298 unsigned int address;
4299
4300 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4301 {
4302 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4303 {
4304 case 0:
4305 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4306 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4307 know (fragP->fr_next);
4308 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4309 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4310 {
4311 fragP->fr_offset =
4312 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4313 - fragP->fr_address
4314 - fragP->fr_fix;
4315 }
4316 else
4317 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4318 break;
4319 }
4320 }
4321 }
4322
4323 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4324
4325 valueT
4326 md_section_align (segment, size)
4327 asection *segment;
4328 valueT size;
4329 {
4330 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4331 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4332
4333 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4334 }
4335
4336 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4337 int
4338 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4339 register fragS *fragP;
4340 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4341 {
4342 int size;
4343
4344 size = 0;
4345
4346 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4347 size++;
4348
4349 return size;
4350 }
4351 \f
4352 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4353 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4354 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4355 # else
4356 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4357 # endif
4358 #else
4359 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4360 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4361 # else
4362 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4363 # endif
4364 #endif
4365
4366 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4367 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4368 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4369 #endif
4370 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4371 };
4372 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4373
4374 int
4375 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4376 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4377 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4378 {
4379 switch (c)
4380 {
4381 default:
4382 return 0;
4383
4384 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4385 case 'V':
4386 print_version_id ();
4387 break;
4388 #endif
4389 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4390 case 'c':
4391 warn_comment = 1;
4392 break;
4393 #endif
4394 }
4395
4396 return 1;
4397 }
4398
4399 void
4400 md_show_usage (stream)
4401 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4402 {
4403 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4404 fprintf (stream, _("\
4405 -Q ignored\n"));
4406 #endif
4407 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4408 fprintf (stream, _("\
4409 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4410 #endif
4411 }
4412 \f
4413 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4414
4415 symbolS *
4416 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4417 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4418 {
4419 return 0;
4420 }
4421
4422 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4423 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4424 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4425 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4426 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4427 #else
4428 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4429 #endif
4430
4431 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4432
4433 void
4434 md_apply_fix (fixP, valP, seg)
4435 fixS *fixP;
4436 valueT *valP;
4437 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4438 {
4439 unsigned char *buf;
4440 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4441 offsetT new_val;
4442 int insn, val, fmt;
4443
4444 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4445 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4446 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4447 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4448 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4449 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4450 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4451 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4452 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4453 return;
4454
4455 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4456 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4457 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4458 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4459 {
4460 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4461 return;
4462 }
4463 #endif
4464 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4465 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4466 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4467 return;
4468 #endif
4469
4470 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4471 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4472
4473 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4474 with the GAS fixup. */
4475 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4476 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4477 {
4478 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4479 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4480 fixP->fx_r_type);
4481 return;
4482 }
4483
4484 buf = (unsigned char *) (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where);
4485 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4486 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4487
4488 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4489 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4490 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4491 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4492 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4493 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4494 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4495 && fmt != 32
4496 #endif
4497 )
4498 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4500 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4501 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4502 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4503 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4504 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4505 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4506 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4507 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4508 #endif
4509 else
4510 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4511
4512 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4513 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4514 && fixP->fx_addsy
4515 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4516 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4517 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4518 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4519 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4520 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4521 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4522 #endif
4523 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4524 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4525 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4526 #endif
4527 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4528 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4529 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4530 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4531 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4532 {
4533 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4534 }
4535
4536 switch (fmt)
4537 {
4538 case 10:
4539 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4540 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4541 val = new_val;
4542
4543 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4544 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4545 break;
4546 case -11:
4547 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4548 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4549 val = new_val;
4550
4551 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4552 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4553 break;
4554 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4555 case 14:
4556 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4557 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4558 val = new_val;
4559
4560 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4561 break;
4562
4563 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4564 case 21:
4565 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4566 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4567 val = new_val;
4568
4569 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4570 break;
4571
4572 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4573 case 11:
4574 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4575 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4576 val = new_val;
4577
4578 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4579 break;
4580
4581 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4582 case 12:
4583 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4584 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4585 val = new_val - 8;
4586
4587 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4588 break;
4589
4590 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4591 case 17:
4592 {
4593 offsetT distance = * valP;
4594
4595 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4596 range target, then we want to complain. */
4597 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4598 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4599 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4600 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4601
4602 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4603 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4604 val = new_val - 8;
4605
4606 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4607 break;
4608 }
4609
4610 case 22:
4611 {
4612 offsetT distance = * valP;
4613
4614 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4615 range target, then we want to complain. */
4616 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4617 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4618 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4619 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4620
4621 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4622 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4623 val = new_val - 8;
4624
4625 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4626 break;
4627 }
4628
4629 case -10:
4630 val = new_val;
4631 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4632 break;
4633
4634 case -16:
4635 val = new_val;
4636 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4637 break;
4638
4639 case 16:
4640 val = new_val;
4641 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4642 break;
4643
4644 case 32:
4645 insn = new_val;
4646 break;
4647
4648 default:
4649 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4650 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4651 return;
4652 }
4653
4654 /* Insert the relocation. */
4655 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4656 }
4657
4658 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4659 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4660
4661 long
4662 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4663 fixS *fixP;
4664 {
4665 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4666 }
4667
4668 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4669 a statement. */
4670
4671 static int
4672 is_end_of_statement ()
4673 {
4674 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4675 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4676 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4677 }
4678
4679 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4680 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4681 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4682
4683 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4684 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4685 returned in `pa_number'.
4686
4687 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4688 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4689 not set.
4690
4691 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4692 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4693
4694 static int
4695 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4696 char **s;
4697 int is_float;
4698 {
4699 int num;
4700 char *name;
4701 char c;
4702 symbolS *sym;
4703 int status;
4704 char *p = *s;
4705 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4706
4707 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4708 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4709 p = p + 1;
4710
4711 pa_number = -1;
4712 have_prefix = 0;
4713 num = 0;
4714 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4715 {
4716 /* Looks like a number. */
4717
4718 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4719 {
4720 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4721 p += 2;
4722 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4723 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4724 {
4725 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4726 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4727 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4728 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4729 else
4730 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4731 ++p;
4732 }
4733 }
4734 else
4735 {
4736 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4737 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4738 {
4739 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4740 ++p;
4741 }
4742 }
4743
4744 pa_number = num;
4745
4746 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4747 if (is_float)
4748 {
4749 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4750 if (! (is_float & 2))
4751 {
4752 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4753 {
4754 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4755 ++p;
4756 }
4757 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4758 {
4759 ++p;
4760 }
4761 }
4762 }
4763 }
4764 else if (*p == '%')
4765 {
4766 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4767 have_prefix = 1;
4768 name = p;
4769 p++;
4770 c = *p;
4771 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4772 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4773 slow. */
4774 if (c == 'r')
4775 {
4776 p++;
4777 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4778 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4779 {
4780 p += 2;
4781 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4782 p++;
4783 }
4784 else if (*p == 'p')
4785 {
4786 num = 2;
4787 p++;
4788 }
4789 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4790 {
4791 if (print_errors)
4792 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4793 num = -1;
4794 }
4795 else
4796 {
4797 do
4798 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4799 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4800 }
4801 }
4802 else
4803 {
4804 /* Do a normal register search. */
4805 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4806 {
4807 p = p + 1;
4808 c = *p;
4809 }
4810 *p = 0;
4811 status = reg_name_search (name);
4812 if (status >= 0)
4813 num = status;
4814 else
4815 {
4816 if (print_errors)
4817 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4818 num = -1;
4819 }
4820 *p = c;
4821 }
4822
4823 pa_number = num;
4824 }
4825 else
4826 {
4827 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4828 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4829 name = p;
4830 c = *p;
4831 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4832 {
4833 p = p + 1;
4834 c = *p;
4835 }
4836 *p = 0;
4837 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4838 {
4839 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4840 {
4841 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4842 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4843 register, so... */
4844 have_prefix = TRUE;
4845 }
4846 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4847 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4848 else if (!strict)
4849 {
4850 if (print_errors)
4851 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4852 num = -1;
4853 }
4854 }
4855 else if (!strict)
4856 {
4857 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4858 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4859 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4860 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4861 if (*name == 0)
4862 num = 0;
4863 else
4864 {
4865 if (print_errors)
4866 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4867 num = -1;
4868 }
4869 }
4870 *p = c;
4871
4872 pa_number = num;
4873 }
4874
4875 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4876 {
4877 *s = p;
4878 return 1;
4879 }
4880 return 0;
4881 }
4882
4883 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4884
4885 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4886 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4887
4888 static int
4889 reg_name_search (name)
4890 char *name;
4891 {
4892 int middle, low, high;
4893 int cmp;
4894
4895 low = 0;
4896 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4897
4898 do
4899 {
4900 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4901 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4902 if (cmp < 0)
4903 high = middle - 1;
4904 else if (cmp > 0)
4905 low = middle + 1;
4906 else
4907 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4908 }
4909 while (low <= high);
4910
4911 return -1;
4912 }
4913
4914 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4915 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4916
4917 static int
4918 need_pa11_opcode ()
4919 {
4920 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4921 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4922 {
4923 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4924 then set a new architecture. */
4925 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4926 {
4927 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4928 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4929 }
4930 return TRUE;
4931 }
4932 else
4933 return FALSE;
4934 }
4935
4936 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4937 code associated with the condition. */
4938
4939 static int
4940 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4941 char **s;
4942 {
4943 int cond, i;
4944
4945 cond = 0;
4946
4947 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4948 {
4949 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4950 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4951 {
4952 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4953 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4954 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4955 report an error. */
4956 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4957 {
4958 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4959 break;
4960 }
4961 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4962 *s = *s + 1;
4963 return cond;
4964 }
4965 }
4966
4967 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4968
4969 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4970 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4971 *s += 1;
4972
4973 return 0;
4974 }
4975
4976 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4977
4978 static int
4979 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4980 char **s;
4981 {
4982 int value;
4983
4984 value = 0;
4985 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4986 {
4987 value = 5;
4988 *s += 4;
4989 }
4990 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4991 {
4992 value = 9;
4993 *s += 4;
4994 }
4995 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4996 {
4997 value = 13;
4998 *s += 4;
4999 }
5000 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
5001 {
5002 value = 17;
5003 *s += 4;
5004 }
5005 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
5006 {
5007 value = 1;
5008 *s += 3;
5009 }
5010 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
5011 {
5012 value = 6;
5013 *s += 4;
5014 }
5015 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
5016 {
5017 value = 2;
5018 *s += 3;
5019 }
5020 else
5021 {
5022 value = 0;
5023 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5024 }
5025
5026 return value;
5027 }
5028
5029 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5030 type. */
5031
5032 static fp_operand_format
5033 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5034 char **s;
5035 {
5036 int format;
5037
5038 format = SGL;
5039 if (**s == ',')
5040 {
5041 *s += 1;
5042 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5043 {
5044 format = SGL;
5045 *s += 4;
5046 }
5047 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5048 {
5049 format = DBL;
5050 *s += 4;
5051 }
5052 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5053 {
5054 format = QUAD;
5055 *s += 5;
5056 }
5057 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5058 {
5059 format = W;
5060 *s += 2;
5061 }
5062 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5063 {
5064 format = UW;
5065 *s += 3;
5066 }
5067 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5068 {
5069 format = DW;
5070 *s += 3;
5071 }
5072 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5073 {
5074 format = UDW;
5075 *s += 4;
5076 }
5077 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5078 {
5079 format = QW;
5080 *s += 3;
5081 }
5082 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5083 {
5084 format = UQW;
5085 *s += 4;
5086 }
5087 else
5088 {
5089 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5090 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5091 }
5092 }
5093
5094 return format;
5095 }
5096
5097 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5098 type. */
5099
5100 static fp_operand_format
5101 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5102 char **s;
5103 {
5104 int format;
5105
5106 format = SGL;
5107 if (**s == ',')
5108 {
5109 *s += 1;
5110 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5111 {
5112 format = SGL;
5113 *s += 4;
5114 }
5115 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5116 {
5117 format = DBL;
5118 *s += 4;
5119 }
5120 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5121 {
5122 format = QUAD;
5123 *s += 5;
5124 }
5125 else
5126 {
5127 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5128 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5129 }
5130 }
5131
5132 return format;
5133 }
5134
5135 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5136
5137 static int
5138 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5139 char **str;
5140 {
5141 int middle, low, high;
5142 int cmp;
5143 char name[4];
5144
5145 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5146 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5147 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5148 *str = *str + 1;
5149
5150 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5151 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5152 name[1] = 0;
5153 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5154 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5155 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5156 name[2] = 0;
5157 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5158 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5159 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5160 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5161 name[3] = 0;
5162 else
5163 return e_fsel;
5164
5165 low = 0;
5166 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5167
5168 do
5169 {
5170 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5171 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5172 if (cmp < 0)
5173 high = middle - 1;
5174 else if (cmp > 0)
5175 low = middle + 1;
5176 else
5177 {
5178 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5179 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5180 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5181 return e_fsel;
5182 #endif
5183 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5184 }
5185 }
5186 while (low <= high);
5187
5188 return e_fsel;
5189 }
5190
5191 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5192
5193 static int
5194 get_expression (str)
5195 char *str;
5196 {
5197 char *save_in;
5198 asection *seg;
5199
5200 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5201 input_line_pointer = str;
5202 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5203 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5204 || seg == undefined_section
5205 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5206 {
5207 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5208 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5209 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5210 return 1;
5211 }
5212 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5213 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5214 return 0;
5215 }
5216
5217 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5218 static int
5219 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5220 struct pa_it *insn;
5221 char **strp;
5222 {
5223 char *save_in;
5224
5225 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5226 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5227 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5228 expression (&insn->exp);
5229 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5230
5231 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
5232 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5233 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5234
5235 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
5236 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5237 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5238 {
5239 char *s, c;
5240 int retval;
5241
5242 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5243 s = *strp;
5244 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5245 s++;
5246
5247 c = *s;
5248 *s = 0;
5249
5250 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5251
5252 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5253 *s = c;
5254 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5255 }
5256 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5257 and return to our caller. */
5258 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5259 {
5260 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5261 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5262 return 0;
5263 }
5264 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5265 {
5266 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5267 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5268 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5269 return 0;
5270 }
5271 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5272 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5273 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5274 }
5275
5276 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5277 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5278 static int
5279 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5280 struct pa_it *insn;
5281 {
5282 offsetT value;
5283 expressionS exp;
5284 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5285
5286 exp = insn->exp;
5287 value = exp.X_add_number;
5288
5289 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5290 }
5291
5292 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5293 argument location number. */
5294
5295 static unsigned int
5296 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5297 char *type_name;
5298 {
5299
5300 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5301 return 0;
5302 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5303 return 1;
5304 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5305 return 2;
5306 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5307 return 3;
5308 else
5309 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5310
5311 return 0;
5312 }
5313
5314 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5315 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5316
5317 static unsigned int
5318 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5319 unsigned int reg;
5320 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5321 {
5322 unsigned int new_reloc;
5323
5324 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5325 switch (reg)
5326 {
5327 case 0:
5328 new_reloc <<= 8;
5329 break;
5330 case 1:
5331 new_reloc <<= 6;
5332 break;
5333 case 2:
5334 new_reloc <<= 4;
5335 break;
5336 case 3:
5337 new_reloc <<= 2;
5338 break;
5339 default:
5340 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5341 }
5342
5343 return new_reloc;
5344 }
5345
5346 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5347 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5348
5349 static int
5350 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5351 char **s;
5352 {
5353 int nullif;
5354
5355 nullif = 0;
5356 if (**s == ',')
5357 {
5358 *s = *s + 1;
5359 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5360 nullif = 1;
5361 else
5362 {
5363 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5364 nullif = 0;
5365 }
5366 *s = *s + 1;
5367 }
5368
5369 return nullif;
5370 }
5371
5372 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5373 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5374
5375 static int
5376 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5377 char **s;
5378 {
5379 int cmpltr;
5380 char *name = *s + 1;
5381 char c;
5382 char *save_s = *s;
5383 int nullify = 0;
5384
5385 cmpltr = 0;
5386 if (**s == ',')
5387 {
5388 *s += 1;
5389 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5390 *s += 1;
5391 c = **s;
5392 **s = 0x00;
5393
5394 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5395 {
5396 cmpltr = 1;
5397 }
5398 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5399 {
5400 cmpltr = 2;
5401 }
5402 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5403 {
5404 cmpltr = 3;
5405 }
5406 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5407 {
5408 cmpltr = 4;
5409 }
5410 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5411 {
5412 cmpltr = 5;
5413 }
5414 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5415 {
5416 cmpltr = 6;
5417 }
5418 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5419 {
5420 cmpltr = 7;
5421 }
5422 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5423 completer. */
5424 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5425 {
5426 cmpltr = 0;
5427 nullify = 1;
5428 }
5429 else
5430 {
5431 cmpltr = -1;
5432 }
5433 **s = c;
5434 }
5435
5436 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5437 if (nullify)
5438 *s = save_s;
5439
5440 return cmpltr;
5441 }
5442
5443 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5444 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5445
5446 static int
5447 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5448 char **s;
5449 {
5450 int cmpltr;
5451 char *name = *s + 1;
5452 char c;
5453 char *save_s = *s;
5454 int nullify = 0;
5455
5456 cmpltr = 0;
5457 if (**s == ',')
5458 {
5459 *s += 1;
5460 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5461 *s += 1;
5462 c = **s;
5463 **s = 0x00;
5464
5465 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5466 {
5467 cmpltr = 0;
5468 }
5469 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5470 {
5471 cmpltr = 1;
5472 }
5473 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5474 {
5475 cmpltr = 2;
5476 }
5477 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5478 {
5479 cmpltr = 3;
5480 }
5481 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5482 {
5483 cmpltr = 4;
5484 }
5485 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5486 {
5487 cmpltr = 5;
5488 }
5489 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5490 {
5491 cmpltr = 6;
5492 }
5493 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5494 {
5495 cmpltr = 7;
5496 }
5497 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5498 completer. */
5499 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5500 {
5501 cmpltr = 0;
5502 nullify = 1;
5503 }
5504 else
5505 {
5506 cmpltr = -1;
5507 }
5508 **s = c;
5509 }
5510
5511 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5512 if (nullify)
5513 *s = save_s;
5514
5515 return cmpltr;
5516 }
5517
5518 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5519 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
5520
5521 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5522 returned as 8-15. */
5523
5524 static int
5525 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5526 char **s;
5527 {
5528 int cmpltr;
5529 char *name = *s + 1;
5530 char c;
5531
5532 cmpltr = -1;
5533 if (**s == ',')
5534 {
5535 *s += 1;
5536 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5537 *s += 1;
5538 c = **s;
5539 **s = 0x00;
5540
5541 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5542 {
5543 cmpltr = 0;
5544 }
5545 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5546 {
5547 cmpltr = 1;
5548 }
5549 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5550 {
5551 cmpltr = 2;
5552 }
5553 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5554 {
5555 cmpltr = 3;
5556 }
5557 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5558 {
5559 cmpltr = 4;
5560 }
5561 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5562 {
5563 cmpltr = 5;
5564 }
5565 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5566 {
5567 cmpltr = 6;
5568 }
5569 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5570 {
5571 cmpltr = 7;
5572 }
5573 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5574 {
5575 cmpltr = 8;
5576 }
5577 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5578 {
5579 cmpltr = 9;
5580 }
5581 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5582 {
5583 cmpltr = 10;
5584 }
5585 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5586 {
5587 cmpltr = 11;
5588 }
5589 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5590 {
5591 cmpltr = 12;
5592 }
5593 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5594 {
5595 cmpltr = 13;
5596 }
5597 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5598 {
5599 cmpltr = 14;
5600 }
5601 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5602 {
5603 cmpltr = 15;
5604 }
5605 else
5606 {
5607 cmpltr = -1;
5608 }
5609 **s = c;
5610 }
5611
5612 return cmpltr;
5613 }
5614
5615 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5616 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5617
5618 static int
5619 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5620 char **s;
5621 {
5622 int cmpltr;
5623 char *name = *s + 1;
5624 char c;
5625
5626 cmpltr = -1;
5627 if (**s == ',')
5628 {
5629 *s += 1;
5630 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5631 *s += 1;
5632 c = **s;
5633 **s = 0x00;
5634
5635 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5636 {
5637 cmpltr = 0;
5638 }
5639 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5640 {
5641 cmpltr = 1;
5642 }
5643 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5644 {
5645 cmpltr = 2;
5646 }
5647 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5648 {
5649 cmpltr = 3;
5650 }
5651 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5652 {
5653 cmpltr = 4;
5654 }
5655 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5656 {
5657 cmpltr = 5;
5658 }
5659 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5660 {
5661 cmpltr = 6;
5662 }
5663 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5664 {
5665 cmpltr = 7;
5666 }
5667 else
5668 {
5669 cmpltr = -1;
5670 }
5671 **s = c;
5672 }
5673
5674 return cmpltr;
5675 }
5676
5677 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5678 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5679
5680 static int
5681 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5682 char **s;
5683 {
5684 int cmpltr;
5685 char *name = *s + 1;
5686 char c;
5687 char *save_s = *s;
5688 int nullify = 0;
5689
5690 cmpltr = 0;
5691 if (**s == ',')
5692 {
5693 *s += 1;
5694 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5695 *s += 1;
5696 c = **s;
5697 **s = 0x00;
5698 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5699 {
5700 cmpltr = 1;
5701 }
5702 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5703 {
5704 cmpltr = 2;
5705 }
5706 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5707 {
5708 cmpltr = 3;
5709 }
5710 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5711 {
5712 cmpltr = 4;
5713 }
5714 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5715 {
5716 cmpltr = 5;
5717 }
5718 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5719 {
5720 cmpltr = 6;
5721 }
5722 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5723 {
5724 cmpltr = 7;
5725 }
5726 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5727 completer. */
5728 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5729 {
5730 cmpltr = 0;
5731 nullify = 1;
5732 }
5733 else
5734 {
5735 cmpltr = -1;
5736 }
5737 **s = c;
5738 }
5739
5740 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5741 if (nullify)
5742 *s = save_s;
5743
5744 return cmpltr;
5745 }
5746
5747 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5748 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5749
5750 static int
5751 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5752 char **s;
5753 {
5754 int cmpltr;
5755 char *name = *s + 1;
5756 char c;
5757 char *save_s = *s;
5758 int nullify = 0;
5759
5760 cmpltr = 0;
5761 if (**s == ',')
5762 {
5763 *s += 1;
5764 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5765 *s += 1;
5766 c = **s;
5767 **s = 0x00;
5768 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5769 {
5770 cmpltr = 0;
5771 }
5772 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5773 {
5774 cmpltr = 1;
5775 }
5776 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5777 {
5778 cmpltr = 2;
5779 }
5780 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5781 {
5782 cmpltr = 3;
5783 }
5784 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5785 {
5786 cmpltr = 4;
5787 }
5788 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5789 {
5790 cmpltr = 5;
5791 }
5792 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5793 {
5794 cmpltr = 6;
5795 }
5796 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5797 {
5798 cmpltr = 7;
5799 }
5800 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5801 completer. */
5802 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5803 {
5804 cmpltr = 0;
5805 nullify = 1;
5806 }
5807 else
5808 {
5809 cmpltr = -1;
5810 }
5811 **s = c;
5812 }
5813
5814 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5815 if (nullify)
5816 *s = save_s;
5817
5818 return cmpltr;
5819 }
5820
5821 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5822 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5823
5824 static int
5825 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5826 char **s;
5827 {
5828 int cmpltr;
5829 char *name = *s + 1;
5830 char c;
5831 char *save_s = *s;
5832 int nullify = 0;
5833
5834 cmpltr = 0;
5835 if (**s == ',')
5836 {
5837 *s += 1;
5838 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5839 *s += 1;
5840 c = **s;
5841 **s = 0x00;
5842 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5843 {
5844 cmpltr = 1;
5845 }
5846 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5847 {
5848 cmpltr = 2;
5849 }
5850 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5851 {
5852 cmpltr = 3;
5853 }
5854 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5855 {
5856 cmpltr = 4;
5857 }
5858 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5859 {
5860 cmpltr = 5;
5861 }
5862 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5863 {
5864 cmpltr = 6;
5865 }
5866 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5867 {
5868 cmpltr = 7;
5869 }
5870 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5871 {
5872 cmpltr = 8;
5873 }
5874 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5875 {
5876 cmpltr = 9;
5877 }
5878 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5879 {
5880 cmpltr = 10;
5881 }
5882 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5883 {
5884 cmpltr = 11;
5885 }
5886 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5887 {
5888 cmpltr = 12;
5889 }
5890 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5891 {
5892 cmpltr = 13;
5893 }
5894 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5895 {
5896 cmpltr = 14;
5897 }
5898 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5899 {
5900 cmpltr = 15;
5901 }
5902 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5903 completer. */
5904 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5905 {
5906 cmpltr = 0;
5907 nullify = 1;
5908 }
5909 else
5910 {
5911 cmpltr = -1;
5912 }
5913 **s = c;
5914 }
5915
5916 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5917 if (nullify)
5918 *s = save_s;
5919
5920 return cmpltr;
5921 }
5922
5923 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5924 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5925 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5926 static void
5927 pa_align (bytes)
5928 int bytes;
5929 {
5930 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5931 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5932
5933 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5934 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5935
5936 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5937 alignment if necessary. */
5938 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5939 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5940 }
5941 #endif
5942
5943 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5944
5945 static void
5946 pa_block (z)
5947 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5948 {
5949 unsigned int temp_size;
5950
5951 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5952 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5953 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5954 #endif
5955
5956 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5957
5958 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5959 {
5960 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5961 temp_size = 0;
5962 }
5963 else
5964 {
5965 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5966 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5967 *p = 0;
5968 }
5969
5970 pa_undefine_label ();
5971 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5972 }
5973
5974 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5975
5976 static void
5977 pa_brtab (begin)
5978 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5979 {
5980
5981 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5982 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5983 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5984 char *where = frag_more (0);
5985
5986 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5987 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5988 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5989 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5990 #endif
5991
5992 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5993 }
5994
5995 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5996
5997 static void
5998 pa_try (begin)
5999 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6000 {
6001 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6002 expressionS exp;
6003 char *where = frag_more (0);
6004
6005 if (! begin)
6006 expression (&exp);
6007
6008 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
6009 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
6010
6011 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6012 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6013 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6014 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6015 #endif
6016
6017 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6018 }
6019
6020 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6021 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6022 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6023
6024 static void
6025 pa_call (unused)
6026 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6027 {
6028 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6029 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6030 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6031 #endif
6032
6033 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6034 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6035 }
6036
6037 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6038 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6039
6040 static void
6041 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6042 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6043 {
6044 char *name, c, *p;
6045 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6046
6047 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6048 {
6049 name = input_line_pointer;
6050 c = get_symbol_end ();
6051 /* Process a source argument. */
6052 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6053 {
6054 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6055 p = input_line_pointer;
6056 *p = c;
6057 input_line_pointer++;
6058 name = input_line_pointer;
6059 c = get_symbol_end ();
6060 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6061 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6062 }
6063 /* Process a return value. */
6064 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6065 {
6066 p = input_line_pointer;
6067 *p = c;
6068 input_line_pointer++;
6069 name = input_line_pointer;
6070 c = get_symbol_end ();
6071 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6072 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6073 }
6074 else
6075 {
6076 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6077 }
6078 p = input_line_pointer;
6079 *p = c;
6080 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6081 input_line_pointer++;
6082 }
6083 }
6084
6085 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6086
6087 static int
6088 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6089 fragS *frag1;
6090 fragS *frag2;
6091 {
6092
6093 if (frag1 == NULL)
6094 return (FALSE);
6095 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6096 return (FALSE);
6097 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6098 return (TRUE);
6099 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6100 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6101 else
6102 return (FALSE);
6103 }
6104
6105 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6106 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6107 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6108 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6109 of the unwind spaces. */
6110
6111 static void
6112 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6113 struct call_info *call_info;
6114 {
6115 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6116 subsegT save_subseg;
6117 unsigned int unwind;
6118 int reloc;
6119 char *p;
6120
6121 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6122 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6123 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6124 return;
6125
6126 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6127 save_seg = now_seg;
6128 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6129 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6130 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6131 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6132 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6133 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6134 {
6135 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6136 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6137 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6138 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6139 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6140 }
6141
6142 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6143
6144 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6145 descriptor. */
6146 p = frag_more (16);
6147
6148 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6149 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6150 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6151 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6152 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6153 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6154
6155 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6156
6157 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6158 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6159 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6160 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6161 finished with its work. */
6162 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6163 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6164 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6165 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6166 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6167
6168 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6169 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6170 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6171
6172 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6173 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6174
6175 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6176 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6177 }
6178 #endif
6179
6180 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6181 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6182 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6183
6184 static void
6185 pa_callinfo (unused)
6186 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6187 {
6188 char *name, c, *p;
6189 int temp;
6190
6191 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6192 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6193 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6194 #endif
6195
6196 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6197 if (!within_procedure)
6198 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6199
6200 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6201 current procedure. */
6202 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6203
6204 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6205 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6206 {
6207 name = input_line_pointer;
6208 c = get_symbol_end ();
6209 /* Frame size specification. */
6210 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6211 {
6212 p = input_line_pointer;
6213 *p = c;
6214 input_line_pointer++;
6215 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6216 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6217 {
6218 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6219 temp = 0;
6220 }
6221
6222 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6223 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6224
6225 }
6226 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6227 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6228 {
6229 p = input_line_pointer;
6230 *p = c;
6231 input_line_pointer++;
6232 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6233 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6234 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6235 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6236 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6237 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6238 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6239 }
6240 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6241 {
6242 p = input_line_pointer;
6243 *p = c;
6244 input_line_pointer++;
6245 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6246 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6247 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6248 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6249 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6250 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6251 }
6252 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6253 {
6254 p = input_line_pointer;
6255 *p = c;
6256 input_line_pointer++;
6257 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6258 if (temp != 3)
6259 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6260 }
6261 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6262 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6263 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6264 {
6265 p = input_line_pointer;
6266 *p = c;
6267 }
6268 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6269 {
6270 p = input_line_pointer;
6271 *p = c;
6272 }
6273 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6274 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6275 {
6276 p = input_line_pointer;
6277 *p = c;
6278 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6279 }
6280 /* Likewise for SP. */
6281 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6282 {
6283 p = input_line_pointer;
6284 *p = c;
6285 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6286 }
6287 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6288 in the unwind descriptor. */
6289 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6290 {
6291 p = input_line_pointer;
6292 *p = c;
6293 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6294 }
6295 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6296 unwind descriptor. */
6297 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6298 {
6299 p = input_line_pointer;
6300 *p = c;
6301 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6302 }
6303 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6304 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6305 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6306 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6307 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6308 {
6309 p = input_line_pointer;
6310 *p = c;
6311 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6312 }
6313 else
6314 {
6315 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6316 *input_line_pointer = c;
6317 }
6318 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6319 input_line_pointer++;
6320 }
6321
6322 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6323 }
6324
6325 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6326 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6327 label when finished. */
6328 static void
6329 pa_text (unused)
6330 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6331 {
6332 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6333 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6334 current_subspace
6335 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6336 #endif
6337
6338 s_text (0);
6339 pa_undefine_label ();
6340 }
6341
6342 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6343 static void
6344 pa_data (unused)
6345 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6346 {
6347 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6348 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6349 current_subspace
6350 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6351 #endif
6352 s_data (0);
6353 pa_undefine_label ();
6354 }
6355
6356 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6357 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6358
6359 <label> .comm <length>
6360
6361 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6362 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6363 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6364 and subspace.
6365
6366 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6367
6368 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6369 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6370 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6371 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6372 a pain.
6373
6374 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6375
6376 static void
6377 pa_comm (unused)
6378 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6379 {
6380 unsigned int size;
6381 symbolS *symbol;
6382 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6383
6384 if (label_symbol)
6385 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6386 else
6387 symbol = NULL;
6388
6389 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6390 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6391
6392 if (symbol)
6393 {
6394 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6395 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6396 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6397 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6398
6399 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6400 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6401 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6402 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6403 }
6404 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6405 }
6406 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6407
6408 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6409
6410 static void
6411 pa_end (unused)
6412 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6413 {
6414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6415 }
6416
6417 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6418 static void
6419 pa_enter (unused)
6420 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6421 {
6422 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6423 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6424 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6425 #endif
6426
6427 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6428 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6429 }
6430
6431 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6432 procedure. */
6433 static void
6434 pa_entry (unused)
6435 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6436 {
6437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6438 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6439 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6440 #endif
6441
6442 if (!within_procedure)
6443 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6444 else
6445 {
6446 if (!callinfo_found)
6447 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6448 }
6449 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6450 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6451
6452 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6453 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6454 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6455 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6456 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6457
6458 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6459 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6460 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6461 denote the entry and exit points. */
6462 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6463 {
6464 char *where;
6465 unsigned int u;
6466
6467 where = frag_more (0);
6468 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6469 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6470 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6471 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6472 }
6473 #endif
6474 }
6475
6476 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6477 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6478 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6479 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6480
6481 int
6482 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6483 expressionS *resultP;
6484 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6485 expressionS *rightP;
6486 {
6487 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6488 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6489 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6490 {
6491 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6492 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6493 }
6494 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6495 }
6496
6497 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6498
6499 static void
6500 pa_equ (reg)
6501 int reg;
6502 {
6503 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6504 symbolS *symbol;
6505
6506 if (label_symbol)
6507 {
6508 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6509 if (reg)
6510 {
6511 strict = 1;
6512 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6513 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6514 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6515 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6516 }
6517 else
6518 {
6519 expressionS exp;
6520 segT seg;
6521
6522 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6523 seg = expression (&exp);
6524 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6525 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6526 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6527 {
6528 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6529 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6530 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6531 seg = absolute_section;
6532 }
6533 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6534 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6535 }
6536 }
6537 else
6538 {
6539 if (reg)
6540 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6541 else
6542 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6543 }
6544
6545 pa_undefine_label ();
6546 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6547 }
6548
6549 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6550 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6551 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6552
6553 static void
6554 process_exit ()
6555 {
6556 char *where;
6557
6558 where = frag_more (0);
6559
6560 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6561 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6562 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6563 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6564 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6565 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6566 #else
6567 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6568 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6569 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6570 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6571
6572 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6573 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6574 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6575 denote the entry and exit points. */
6576 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6577 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6578 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6579 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6580 #endif
6581 }
6582
6583 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6584
6585 static void
6586 pa_exit (unused)
6587 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6588 {
6589 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6590 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6591 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6592 #endif
6593
6594 if (!within_procedure)
6595 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6596 else
6597 {
6598 if (!callinfo_found)
6599 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6600 else
6601 {
6602 if (!within_entry_exit)
6603 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6604 else
6605 {
6606 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6607 process_exit ();
6608 }
6609 }
6610 }
6611 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6612 }
6613
6614 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6615 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6616 to callers. */
6617
6618 static void
6619 pa_export (unused)
6620 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6621 {
6622 char *name, c, *p;
6623 symbolS *symbol;
6624
6625 name = input_line_pointer;
6626 c = get_symbol_end ();
6627 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6628 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6629 {
6630 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6631 p = input_line_pointer;
6632 *p = c;
6633 input_line_pointer++;
6634 }
6635 else
6636 {
6637 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6638 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6639 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6640 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6641 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6642 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6643 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6644 p = input_line_pointer;
6645 *p = c;
6646 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6647 {
6648 input_line_pointer++;
6649 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6650 }
6651 }
6652
6653 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6654 }
6655
6656 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6657
6658 static void
6659 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6660 symbolS *symbolP;
6661 int is_export;
6662 {
6663 char *name, c, *p;
6664 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6665 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6666 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6667
6668 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6669
6670 {
6671 input_line_pointer += 8;
6672 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6673 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6674 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6675 }
6676 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6677 {
6678 input_line_pointer += 4;
6679 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6680 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6681
6682 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6683 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6684 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6685 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6686 {
6687 if (is_export)
6688 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6689 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6690
6691 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6692 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6693 }
6694 else
6695 {
6696 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6697 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6698 }
6699 }
6700 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6701 {
6702 input_line_pointer += 4;
6703 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6704 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6705 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6706 }
6707 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6708 {
6709 input_line_pointer += 5;
6710 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6711 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6712 }
6713 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6714 {
6715 input_line_pointer += 9;
6716 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6717 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6718 {
6719 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6720 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6721 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6722 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6723 }
6724 #endif
6725 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6726 }
6727 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6728 {
6729 input_line_pointer += 6;
6730 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6731 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6732 }
6733 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6734 {
6735 input_line_pointer += 8;
6736 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6737 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6738 }
6739 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6740 {
6741 input_line_pointer += 8;
6742 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6743 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6744 }
6745
6746 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6747 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6748 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6749 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6750 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6751 #endif
6752
6753 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6754 handle any argument relocation information. */
6755 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6756 {
6757 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6758 input_line_pointer++;
6759 name = input_line_pointer;
6760 c = get_symbol_end ();
6761 /* Argument sources. */
6762 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6763 {
6764 p = input_line_pointer;
6765 *p = c;
6766 input_line_pointer++;
6767 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6768 name = input_line_pointer;
6769 c = get_symbol_end ();
6770 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6771 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6772 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6773 #endif
6774 *input_line_pointer = c;
6775 }
6776 /* The return value. */
6777 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6778 {
6779 p = input_line_pointer;
6780 *p = c;
6781 input_line_pointer++;
6782 name = input_line_pointer;
6783 c = get_symbol_end ();
6784 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6785 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6786 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6787 #endif
6788 *input_line_pointer = c;
6789 }
6790 /* Privilege level. */
6791 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6792 {
6793 p = input_line_pointer;
6794 *p = c;
6795 input_line_pointer++;
6796 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6797 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6798 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6799 #endif
6800 c = get_symbol_end ();
6801 *input_line_pointer = c;
6802 }
6803 else
6804 {
6805 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6806 p = input_line_pointer;
6807 *p = c;
6808 }
6809 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6810 input_line_pointer++;
6811 }
6812 }
6813
6814 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6815 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6816 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6817
6818 static void
6819 pa_import (unused)
6820 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6821 {
6822 char *name, c, *p;
6823 symbolS *symbol;
6824
6825 name = input_line_pointer;
6826 c = get_symbol_end ();
6827
6828 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6829 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6830 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6831 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6832 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6833 {
6834 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6835 p = input_line_pointer;
6836 *p = c;
6837
6838 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6839 {
6840 input_line_pointer++;
6841 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6842 }
6843 else
6844 {
6845 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6846 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6847 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6848 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6849 if (now_seg == text_section)
6850 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6851
6852 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6853 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6854 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6855 }
6856 }
6857 else
6858 {
6859 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6860 the end of the current statement. */
6861 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6862 input_line_pointer++;
6863 }
6864
6865 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6866 }
6867
6868 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6869
6870 static void
6871 pa_label (unused)
6872 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6873 {
6874 char *name, c, *p;
6875
6876 name = input_line_pointer;
6877 c = get_symbol_end ();
6878
6879 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6880 {
6881 colon (name);
6882 p = input_line_pointer;
6883 *p = c;
6884 }
6885 else
6886 {
6887 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6888 }
6889
6890 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6891 {
6892 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6893 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6894 }
6895 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6896 }
6897
6898 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6899
6900 static void
6901 pa_leave (unused)
6902 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6903 {
6904 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6905 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6906 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6907 #endif
6908
6909 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6910 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6911 }
6912
6913 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6914
6915 static void
6916 pa_level (unused)
6917 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6918 {
6919 char *level;
6920
6921 level = input_line_pointer;
6922 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6923 {
6924 input_line_pointer += 3;
6925 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6926 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6927 }
6928 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6929 {
6930 input_line_pointer += 3;
6931 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6932 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6933 }
6934 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6935 {
6936 input_line_pointer += 4;
6937 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6938 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6939 }
6940 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6941 {
6942 input_line_pointer += 3;
6943 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6944 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6945 }
6946 else
6947 {
6948 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6949 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6950 }
6951 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6952 }
6953
6954 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6955
6956 static void
6957 pa_origin (unused)
6958 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6959 {
6960 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6961 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6962 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6963 #endif
6964
6965 s_org (0);
6966 pa_undefine_label ();
6967 }
6968
6969 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6970 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6971
6972 static void
6973 pa_param (unused)
6974 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6975 {
6976 char *name, c, *p;
6977 symbolS *symbol;
6978
6979 name = input_line_pointer;
6980 c = get_symbol_end ();
6981
6982 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6983 {
6984 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6985 p = input_line_pointer;
6986 *p = c;
6987 input_line_pointer++;
6988 }
6989 else
6990 {
6991 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6992 p = input_line_pointer;
6993 *p = c;
6994 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6995 {
6996 input_line_pointer++;
6997 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6998 }
6999 }
7000
7001 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7002 }
7003
7004 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
7005 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
7006
7007 static void
7008 pa_proc (unused)
7009 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7010 {
7011 struct call_info *call_info;
7012
7013 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7014 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7015 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7016 #endif
7017
7018 if (within_procedure)
7019 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7020
7021 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7022 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7023 within_procedure = TRUE;
7024
7025 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7026 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7027
7028 if (!call_info)
7029 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7030
7031 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7032
7033 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7034
7035 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7036 {
7037 call_info_root = call_info;
7038 last_call_info = call_info;
7039 }
7040 else
7041 {
7042 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7043 last_call_info = call_info;
7044 }
7045
7046 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7047
7048 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7049 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7050 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7051
7052 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7053 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7054 {
7055 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7056
7057 if (label_symbol)
7058 {
7059 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7060 {
7061 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7062 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7063 }
7064 else
7065 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7066 }
7067 else
7068 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7069 }
7070
7071 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7072 }
7073
7074 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7075 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7076
7077 static void
7078 pa_procend (unused)
7079 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7080 {
7081
7082 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7083 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7084 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7085 #endif
7086
7087 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7088 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7089 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7090
7091 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7092 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7093 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7094 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7095 {
7096 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7097
7098 if (label_symbol)
7099 {
7100 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7101 {
7102 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7103 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7104 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7105 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7106 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7107 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7108 if (within_entry_exit)
7109 {
7110 char *where;
7111 unsigned int u;
7112
7113 where = frag_more (0);
7114 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7115 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7116 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7117 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7118 }
7119 #endif
7120 }
7121 else
7122 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7123 }
7124 else
7125 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7126 }
7127
7128 if (!within_procedure)
7129 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7130
7131 if (!callinfo_found)
7132 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7133
7134 if (within_entry_exit)
7135 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7136
7137 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7138 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7139 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7140 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7141 #endif
7142
7143 within_procedure = FALSE;
7144 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7145 pa_undefine_label ();
7146 }
7147
7148 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7149 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7150 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7151
7152 static int
7153 exact_log2 (value)
7154 int value;
7155 {
7156 int shift = 0;
7157
7158 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7159 shift++;
7160
7161 if (shift >= 32)
7162 return -1;
7163 else
7164 return shift;
7165 }
7166
7167 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7168
7169 static void
7170 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7171 {
7172 if (current_space == NULL)
7173 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7174
7175 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7176 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7177 }
7178
7179 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7180 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7181 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7182
7183 static sd_chain_struct *
7184 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7185 char *space_name;
7186 int create_flag;
7187 {
7188 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7189 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7190 int spnum;
7191 asection *seg = NULL;
7192 sd_chain_struct *space;
7193
7194 /* load default values */
7195 spnum = 0;
7196 sort = 0;
7197 loadable = TRUE;
7198 defined = TRUE;
7199 private = FALSE;
7200 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7201 {
7202 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7203 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7204 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7205 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7206 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7207 }
7208 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7209 {
7210 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7211 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7212 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7213 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7214 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7215 }
7216
7217 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7218 {
7219 print_errors = FALSE;
7220 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7221 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7222 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7223 the line should be ignored. */
7224 strict = 0;
7225 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7226 if (pa_number >= 0)
7227 {
7228 spnum = pa_number;
7229 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7230 }
7231 else
7232 {
7233 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7234 {
7235 input_line_pointer++;
7236 name = input_line_pointer;
7237 c = get_symbol_end ();
7238 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7239 {
7240 *input_line_pointer = c;
7241 input_line_pointer++;
7242 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7243 }
7244 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7245 {
7246 *input_line_pointer = c;
7247 input_line_pointer++;
7248 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7249 }
7250 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7251 {
7252 *input_line_pointer = c;
7253 loadable = FALSE;
7254 }
7255 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7256 {
7257 *input_line_pointer = c;
7258 defined = FALSE;
7259 }
7260 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7261 {
7262 *input_line_pointer = c;
7263 private = TRUE;
7264 }
7265 else
7266 {
7267 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7268 *input_line_pointer = c;
7269 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7270 input_line_pointer++;
7271 }
7272 }
7273 }
7274 print_errors = TRUE;
7275 }
7276
7277 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7278 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7279
7280 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7281 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7282 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7283 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7284 if (create_flag)
7285 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7286 private, sort, seg, 1);
7287 else
7288 {
7289 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7290 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7291 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7292 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7293 }
7294
7295 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7296 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7297 #endif
7298
7299 return space;
7300 }
7301
7302 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7303 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7304
7305 static void
7306 pa_space (unused)
7307 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7308 {
7309 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7310 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7311
7312 if (within_procedure)
7313 {
7314 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7315 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7316 }
7317 else
7318 {
7319 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7320 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7321 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7322 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7323 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7324 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7325 {
7326 input_line_pointer += 6;
7327 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7328 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7329 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7330 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7331 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7332
7333 current_space = sd_chain;
7334 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7335 current_subspace
7336 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7337 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7339 return;
7340 }
7341 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7342 {
7343 input_line_pointer += 9;
7344 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7345 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7346 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7347 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7348 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7349
7350 current_space = sd_chain;
7351 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7352 current_subspace
7353 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7354 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7355 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7356 return;
7357 }
7358 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7359 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7360 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7361 {
7362 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7363 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7364 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7365 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7366 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7367 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7368
7369 current_space = sd_chain;
7370
7371 {
7372 asection *gdb_section
7373 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7374
7375 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7376 current_subspace
7377 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7378 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7379 }
7380 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7381 return;
7382 }
7383
7384 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7385 print_errors = 0;
7386 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7387 strict = 0;
7388 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7389 if (pa_number >= 0)
7390 {
7391 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7392 {
7393 current_space = sd_chain;
7394
7395 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7396 current_subspace
7397 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7398 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7399 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7400 return;
7401 }
7402 }
7403
7404 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7405 print_errors = 1;
7406 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7407 name = input_line_pointer;
7408 c = get_symbol_end ();
7409 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7410 strcpy (space_name, name);
7411 *input_line_pointer = c;
7412
7413 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7414 current_space = sd_chain;
7415
7416 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7417 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7418 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7419 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7420 }
7421 }
7422
7423 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7424
7425 static void
7426 pa_spnum (unused)
7427 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7428 {
7429 char *name;
7430 char c;
7431 char *p;
7432 sd_chain_struct *space;
7433
7434 name = input_line_pointer;
7435 c = get_symbol_end ();
7436 space = is_defined_space (name);
7437 if (space)
7438 {
7439 p = frag_more (4);
7440 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7441 }
7442 else
7443 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7444
7445 *input_line_pointer = c;
7446 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7447 }
7448
7449 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7450 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7451
7452 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7453 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7454
7455 static void
7456 pa_subspace (create_new)
7457 int create_new;
7458 {
7459 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7460 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7461 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7462 sd_chain_struct *space;
7463 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7464 asection *section;
7465
7466 if (current_space == NULL)
7467 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7468
7469 if (within_procedure)
7470 {
7471 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7472 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7473 }
7474 else
7475 {
7476 name = input_line_pointer;
7477 c = get_symbol_end ();
7478 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7479 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7480 *input_line_pointer = c;
7481
7482 /* Load default values. */
7483 sort = 0;
7484 access = 0x7f;
7485 loadable = 1;
7486 comdat = 0;
7487 common = 0;
7488 dup_common = 0;
7489 code_only = 0;
7490 zero = 0;
7491 space_index = ~0;
7492 alignment = 1;
7493 quadrant = 0;
7494
7495 space = current_space;
7496 if (create_new)
7497 ssd = NULL;
7498 else
7499 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7500 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7501 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7502 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7503 {
7504 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7505 current_subspace = ssd;
7506 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7507 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7508 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7509 return;
7510 }
7511 else
7512 {
7513 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7514 the builtin subspaces. */
7515 i = 0;
7516 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7517 {
7518 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7519 {
7520 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7521 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7522 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7523 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7524 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7525 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7526 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7527 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7528 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7529 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7530 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7531 break;
7532 }
7533 i++;
7534 }
7535 }
7536
7537 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7538 any information as specified by the user. */
7539 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7540 {
7541 input_line_pointer++;
7542 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7543 {
7544 name = input_line_pointer;
7545 c = get_symbol_end ();
7546 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7547 {
7548 *input_line_pointer = c;
7549 input_line_pointer++;
7550 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7551 }
7552 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7553 {
7554 *input_line_pointer = c;
7555 input_line_pointer++;
7556 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7557 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7558 {
7559 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7560 alignment = 1;
7561 }
7562 }
7563 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7564 {
7565 *input_line_pointer = c;
7566 input_line_pointer++;
7567 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7568 }
7569 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7570 {
7571 *input_line_pointer = c;
7572 input_line_pointer++;
7573 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7574 }
7575 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7576 {
7577 *input_line_pointer = c;
7578 code_only = 1;
7579 }
7580 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7581 {
7582 *input_line_pointer = c;
7583 loadable = 0;
7584 }
7585 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7586 {
7587 *input_line_pointer = c;
7588 comdat = 1;
7589 }
7590 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7591 {
7592 *input_line_pointer = c;
7593 common = 1;
7594 }
7595 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7596 {
7597 *input_line_pointer = c;
7598 dup_common = 1;
7599 }
7600 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7601 {
7602 *input_line_pointer = c;
7603 zero = 1;
7604 }
7605 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7606 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7607 else
7608 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7609 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7610 input_line_pointer++;
7611 }
7612 }
7613
7614 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7615 in the .subspace directive. */
7616 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7617 flags = 0;
7618 if (loadable)
7619 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7620 if (code_only)
7621 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7622
7623 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7624 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7625 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7626 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7627 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7628 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7629 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7630 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7631 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7632 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7633
7634 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7635
7636 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7637 if (zero)
7638 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7639
7640 applicable &= flags;
7641
7642 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7643 segment already associated with the subspace.
7644
7645 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7646 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7647 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7648 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7649 if (create_new)
7650 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7651 else if (ssd)
7652 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7653 else
7654 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7655
7656 if (zero)
7657 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7658
7659 /* Now set the flags. */
7660 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7661
7662 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7663 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7664
7665 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7666 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7667 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7668
7669 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7670 or create a new one. */
7671 if (ssd)
7672
7673 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7674 code_only, comdat, common,
7675 dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7676 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7677 section);
7678 else
7679 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7680 code_only, comdat, common,
7681 dup_common, zero, sort,
7682 access, space_index,
7683 alignment, quadrant, section);
7684
7685 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7686 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7687 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7688 }
7689 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7690 }
7691
7692 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7693
7694 static void
7695 pa_spaces_begin ()
7696 {
7697 int i;
7698
7699 space_dict_root = NULL;
7700 space_dict_last = NULL;
7701
7702 i = 0;
7703 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7704 {
7705 char *name;
7706
7707 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7708 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7709
7710 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7711 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7712 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7713 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7714 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7715 i++;
7716 }
7717
7718 i = 0;
7719 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7720 {
7721 char *name;
7722 int applicable, subsegment;
7723 asection *segment = NULL;
7724 sd_chain_struct *space;
7725
7726 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7727 subsegment number. */
7728 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7729 subsegment = 0;
7730
7731 /* Create the new section. */
7732 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7733
7734 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7735 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7736 all the built-in subspaces. */
7737 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7738 {
7739 text_section = segment;
7740 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7741 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7742 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7743 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7744 | SEC_READONLY
7745 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7746 }
7747 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7748 {
7749 data_section = segment;
7750 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7751 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7752 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7753 | SEC_RELOC
7754 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7755
7756 }
7757 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7758 {
7759 bss_section = segment;
7760 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7761 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7762 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7763 }
7764 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7765 {
7766 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7767 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7768 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7769 | SEC_RELOC
7770 | SEC_READONLY
7771 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7772 }
7773 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7774 {
7775 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7776 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7777 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7778 | SEC_RELOC
7779 | SEC_READONLY
7780 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7781 }
7782 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7783 {
7784 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7785 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7786 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7787 | SEC_RELOC
7788 | SEC_READONLY
7789 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7790 }
7791
7792 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7793 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7794 def_space_index].segment);
7795 if (space == NULL)
7796 {
7797 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7798 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7799 }
7800
7801 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7802 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7803 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7804 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7805 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7806 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7807 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7808 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7809 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7810 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7811 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7812 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7813 segment);
7814 i++;
7815 }
7816 }
7817
7818 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7819 by the given parameters. */
7820
7821 static sd_chain_struct *
7822 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7823 sort, seg, user_defined)
7824 char *name;
7825 int spnum;
7826 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7827 int defined;
7828 int private;
7829 int sort;
7830 asection *seg;
7831 int user_defined;
7832 {
7833 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7834
7835 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7836 if (!chain_entry)
7837 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7838 name);
7839
7840 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7841 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7842 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7843 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7844 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7845
7846 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7847 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7848 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7849 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7850
7851 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7852 if (!space_dict_last)
7853 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7854
7855 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7856 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7857 else
7858 {
7859 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7860 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7861
7862 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7863 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7864
7865 while (chain_pointer)
7866 {
7867 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7868 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7869 }
7870
7871 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7872 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7873 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7874 {
7875 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7876 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7877 }
7878 else
7879 {
7880 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7881 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7882 }
7883
7884 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7885 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7886 }
7887
7888 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7889 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7890 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7891 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7892 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7893 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7894 #endif
7895
7896 return chain_entry;
7897 }
7898
7899 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7900 by the given parameters.
7901
7902 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7903 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7904
7905 static ssd_chain_struct *
7906 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common,
7907 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7908 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7909 sd_chain_struct *space;
7910 char *name;
7911 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7912 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7913 int comdat, common, dup_common;
7914 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7915 int sort;
7916 int access;
7917 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7918 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7919 int quadrant;
7920 asection *seg;
7921 {
7922 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7923
7924 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7925 if (!chain_entry)
7926 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7927
7928 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7929 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7930
7931 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7932 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7933 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7934
7935 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7936 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7937 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7938
7939 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7940 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7941 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7942 else
7943 {
7944 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7945 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7946
7947 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7948 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7949
7950 while (chain_pointer)
7951 {
7952 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7953 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7954 }
7955
7956 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7957 the links. */
7958 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7959 {
7960 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7961 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7962 }
7963 else
7964 {
7965 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7966 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7967 }
7968 }
7969
7970 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7971 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7972 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7973 #endif
7974
7975 return chain_entry;
7976 }
7977
7978 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7979 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7980
7981 static ssd_chain_struct *
7982 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common,
7983 sort, zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7984 sd_chain_struct *space;
7985 char *name;
7986 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7987 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7988 int comdat;
7989 int common;
7990 int dup_common;
7991 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7992 int sort;
7993 int access;
7994 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7995 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7996 int quadrant;
7997 asection *section;
7998 {
7999 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
8000
8001 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
8002
8003 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
8004 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
8005 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
8006 #endif
8007
8008 return chain_entry;
8009 }
8010
8011 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
8012 NULL if no such space exists. */
8013
8014 static sd_chain_struct *
8015 is_defined_space (name)
8016 char *name;
8017 {
8018 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
8019
8020 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
8021 chain_pointer;
8022 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
8023 {
8024 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
8025 return chain_pointer;
8026 }
8027
8028 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
8029 return NULL;
8030 }
8031
8032 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
8033 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8034
8035 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8036 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8037
8038 static sd_chain_struct *
8039 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8040 asection *seg;
8041 {
8042 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8043
8044 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8045 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8046 space_chain;
8047 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8048 {
8049 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8050 return space_chain;
8051 }
8052
8053 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8054 return NULL;
8055 }
8056
8057 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
8058 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
8059
8060 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
8061 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
8062 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
8063 COMDAT data.
8064
8065 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8066 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8067 own subspace. */
8068
8069 static ssd_chain_struct *
8070 is_defined_subspace (name)
8071 char *name;
8072 {
8073 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8074 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8075
8076 /* Walk through each space. */
8077 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8078 space_chain;
8079 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8080 {
8081 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8082 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8083 subspace_chain;
8084 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8085 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8086 return subspace_chain;
8087 }
8088
8089 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8090 return NULL;
8091 }
8092
8093 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8094 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8095
8096 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8097 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8098 to become more efficient. */
8099
8100 static ssd_chain_struct *
8101 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8102 asection *seg;
8103 subsegT subseg;
8104 {
8105 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8106 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8107
8108 /* Walk through each space. */
8109 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8110 space_chain;
8111 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8112 {
8113 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8114 {
8115 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8116 the correct mapping. */
8117 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8118 subspace_chain;
8119 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8120 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8121 return subspace_chain;
8122 }
8123 }
8124
8125 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8126 return NULL;
8127 }
8128
8129 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8130
8131 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8132 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8133
8134 static sd_chain_struct *
8135 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8136 int number;
8137 {
8138 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8139
8140 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8141 space_chain;
8142 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8143 {
8144 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8145 return space_chain;
8146 }
8147
8148 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8149 return NULL;
8150 }
8151
8152 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8153 address is unknown then return zero. */
8154
8155 static unsigned int
8156 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8157 sd_chain_struct *space;
8158 int quadrant;
8159 {
8160 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8161 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8162 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8163 return 0x40000000;
8164 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8165 return 0x40000000;
8166 else
8167 return 0;
8168 return 0;
8169 }
8170 #endif
8171
8172 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8173 a string. */
8174
8175 static unsigned int
8176 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8177 char *s;
8178 {
8179 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8180
8181 switch (c)
8182 {
8183 case '\"':
8184 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8185 break;
8186 default:
8187 break;
8188 }
8189 return c;
8190 }
8191
8192 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8193
8194 static void
8195 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8196 int append_zero;
8197 {
8198 char *s, num_buf[4];
8199 unsigned int c;
8200 int i;
8201
8202 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8203 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8204 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8205
8206 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8207 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8208 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8209 #endif
8210
8211 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8212 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8213
8214 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8215 {
8216 if (c == '\\')
8217 {
8218 c = *s;
8219 switch (c)
8220 {
8221 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8222 case 'x':
8223 {
8224 unsigned int number;
8225 int num_digit;
8226 char dg;
8227 char *s_start = s;
8228
8229 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8230 s++;
8231 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8232 num_digit < 2
8233 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8234 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8235 num_digit++)
8236 {
8237 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8238 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8239 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8240 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8241 else
8242 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8243
8244 s++;
8245 dg = *s;
8246 }
8247 if (num_digit > 0)
8248 {
8249 switch (num_digit)
8250 {
8251 case 1:
8252 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8253 break;
8254 case 2:
8255 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8256 break;
8257 }
8258 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8259 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8260 }
8261 break;
8262 }
8263 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8264 default:
8265 s++;
8266 break;
8267 }
8268 }
8269 }
8270 stringer (append_zero);
8271 pa_undefine_label ();
8272 }
8273
8274 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8275
8276 static void
8277 pa_version (unused)
8278 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8279 {
8280 obj_version (0);
8281 pa_undefine_label ();
8282 }
8283
8284 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8285
8286 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8287
8288 static void
8289 pa_compiler (unused)
8290 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8291 {
8292 obj_som_compiler (0);
8293 pa_undefine_label ();
8294 }
8295
8296 #endif
8297
8298 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8299
8300 static void
8301 pa_copyright (unused)
8302 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8303 {
8304 obj_copyright (0);
8305 pa_undefine_label ();
8306 }
8307
8308 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8309 the latest space label. */
8310
8311 static void
8312 pa_cons (nbytes)
8313 int nbytes;
8314 {
8315 cons (nbytes);
8316 pa_undefine_label ();
8317 }
8318
8319 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8320
8321 static void
8322 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8323 int float_type;
8324 {
8325 float_cons (float_type);
8326 pa_undefine_label ();
8327 }
8328
8329 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8330
8331 static void
8332 pa_fill (unused)
8333 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8334 {
8335 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8336 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8337 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8338 #endif
8339
8340 s_fill (0);
8341 pa_undefine_label ();
8342 }
8343
8344 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8345
8346 static void
8347 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8348 int needs_align;
8349 {
8350 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8351 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8352 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8353 #endif
8354
8355 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8356 pa_undefine_label ();
8357 }
8358
8359 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8360
8361 static void
8362 pa_lsym (unused)
8363 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8364 {
8365 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8366 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8367 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8368 #endif
8369
8370 s_lsym (0);
8371 pa_undefine_label ();
8372 }
8373
8374 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8375 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8376 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8377
8378 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8379 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8380 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8381 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8382 with the address of "foo").
8383
8384 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8385 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8386 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8387
8388 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8389 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8390 selectors).
8391
8392 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8393 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8394
8395 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8396 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8397 right bits out of an instruction. */
8398
8399 int
8400 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8401 fixS *fixp;
8402 {
8403 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8404 reloc_type code;
8405 #endif
8406 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8407
8408 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8409
8410 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8411 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs unless they
8412 are fake labels. */
8413 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA
8414 && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32
8415 && strncmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy),
8416 FAKE_LABEL_NAME,
8417 strlen (FAKE_LABEL_NAME)))
8418 return 0;
8419 #endif
8420
8421 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8422 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8423 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8424 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8425 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8426 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8427 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8428
8429 switch (code)
8430 {
8431 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8432 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8433 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8434 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8435 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8436
8437 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8438 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8439 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8440 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8441 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8442 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8443 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8444 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8445 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8446 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8447 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8448 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8449 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8450 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8451
8452 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8453 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8454 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8455 return 0;
8456 default:
8457 break;
8458 }
8459 #endif
8460
8461 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8462 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8463
8464 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8465 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8466 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8467 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8468 && fixp->fx_subsy
8469 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8470 return 0;
8471
8472 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8473
8474 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8475 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8476 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8477 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8478 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8479 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8480 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8481 sum to the right value.
8482
8483 eg. Suppose we have
8484 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8485 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8486 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8487
8488 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8489 reducing to the section symbol we get
8490 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8491 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8492 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8493 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8494 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8495
8496 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8497 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8498 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8499 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8500 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8501
8502 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8503 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8504 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8505 return 0;
8506
8507 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8508 relocations with plabels. */
8509 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8510 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8511 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8512 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8513 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8514 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8515 return 0;
8516
8517 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8518 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8519 return 0;
8520
8521 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8522 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8523 return 0;
8524
8525 return 1;
8526 }
8527
8528 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8529 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8530 within GAS. */
8531
8532 int
8533 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8534 struct fix *fixp;
8535 {
8536 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8537
8538 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8539 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8540 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8541 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8542 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8543 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8544 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8545 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8546 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8547 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8548 return 1;
8549 #endif
8550 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8551 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8552 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8553 return 1;
8554 #endif
8555
8556 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8557
8558 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8559 linking works. */
8560 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8561 return 1;
8562
8563 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8564 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8565 call stub. */
8566 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8567 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8568 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8569 return 1;
8570
8571 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8572 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8573 {
8574 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8575 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8576
8577 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8578
8579 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8580 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8581 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8582 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8583 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8584 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8585 #endif
8586
8587 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8588 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8589 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8590 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8591 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8592 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8593 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8594 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8595 )
8596 return 1;
8597 }
8598
8599 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8600 return 1;
8601
8602 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8603 return 0;
8604 }
8605
8606 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8607 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8608 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8609 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
8610
8611 static void
8612 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8613 {
8614 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8615 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8616 char *name;
8617
8618 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8619 {
8620 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8621 or other problems. */
8622 return;
8623 }
8624
8625 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8626 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8627 + 1);
8628 if (name)
8629 {
8630 symbolS *symbolP;
8631
8632 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8633 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8634
8635 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8636 symbol will have already been defined. */
8637 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8638 if (symbolP)
8639 {
8640 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8641 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8642
8643 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8644 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8645 xfree (name);
8646 }
8647 else
8648 {
8649 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8650 last instruction of the function */
8651 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8652 frag_now);
8653
8654 assert (symbolP);
8655 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8656 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8657 }
8658
8659 if (symbolP)
8660 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8661 else
8662 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8663
8664 }
8665 else
8666 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8667
8668 }
8669
8670 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8671 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8672 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8673 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8674
8675 void
8676 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8677 {
8678 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8679
8680 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8681 call_info_pointer;
8682 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8683 {
8684 elf_symbol_type *esym
8685 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8686 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8687 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8688 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8689 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8690 }
8691 }
8692
8693 static void
8694 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8695 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8696 {
8697 struct fix *new_fix;
8698
8699 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8700
8701 if (new_fix)
8702 {
8703 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8704 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8705 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8706 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8707 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8708 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8709 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8710 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8711 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8712 }
8713 }
8714
8715 static void
8716 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8717 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8718 {
8719 struct fix *new_fix;
8720
8721 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8722
8723 if (new_fix)
8724 {
8725 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8726 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8727 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8728 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8729 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8730 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8731 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8732 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8733 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8734 }
8735 }
8736 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.2206 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.